Sie sind auf Seite 1von 342

ANSYS TurboGrid

Reference Guide

ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0

December 2006
ANSYS, Inc.
Southpointe
275 Technology Drive
Canonsburg, PA 15317
ansysinfo@ansys.com
http://www.ansys.com
(T) 724-746-3304
(F) 724-514-9494
Copyright and Trademark Information
© 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use, distribution, or duplication is
prohibited.
ANSYS, ANSYS Workbench, AUTODYN, CFX, FLUENT and any and all ANSYS, Inc. brand, product, service
and feature names, logos and slogans are registered trademarks or trademarks of ANSYS, Inc. or its
subsidiaries located in the United States or other countries. ICEM CFD is a trademark used by ANSYS, Inc.
under license. CFX is a trademark of Sony Corporation in Japan. All other brand, product, service and
feature names or trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

Disclaimer Notice
THIS ANSYS SOFTWARE PRODUCT AND PROGRAM DOCUMENTATION INCLUDE TRADE SECRETS AND ARE
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY PRODUCTS OF ANSYS, INC., ITS SUBSIDIARIES, OR LICENSORS. The
software products and documentation are furnished by ANSYS, Inc., its subsidiaries, or affiliates under a
software license agreement that contains provisions concerning non-disclosure, copying, length and
nature of use, compliance with exporting laws, warranties, disclaimers, limitations of liability, and
remedies, and other provisions. The software products and documentation may be used, disclosed,
transferred, or copied only in accordance with the terms and conditions of that software license
agreement.
ANSYS, Inc. is a UL registered ISO 9001:2000 company.

U.S. Government Rights


For U.S. Government users, except as specifically granted by the ANSYS, Inc. software license agreement,
the use, duplication, or disclosure by the United States Government is subject to restrictions stated in the
ANSYS, Inc. software license agreement and FAR 12.212 (for non DOD licenses).

Third-Party Software
See the online documentation in the product help files for the complete Legal Notice for ANSYS
proprietary software and third-party software. The ANSYS third-party software information is also
available via download from the Customer Portal on the ANSYS web page. If you are unable to access the
third-party legal notices, please contact ANSYS, Inc.
Published in the U.S.A.
Table of Contents
Copyright and Trademark Information

Disclaimer Notice

U.S. Government Rights

Third-Party Software

File Menu

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Session File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
State File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Topology File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Grid and Boundary Condition Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Mesh File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
BladeGen.inf File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Curve File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
TurboGrid 1.6 cfg File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Tetin File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Print Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
New Case Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Load BladeGen Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Load Curves Command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Coordinates and Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
TurboGrid Curve Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Leading/Trailing Edge Definition on the Blade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Load CFG Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Reread Curves Command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Load State Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Save State Command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Save State As Command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide Page v


Table of Contents: Edit Menu
Save Submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Save Blade Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Save Blade As Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Save Periodic/Interface Surfaces Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Save Inlet Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Save Inlet As Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Save Outlet Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Save Outlet As Command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Save Topology Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Save Topology As Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Save Mesh Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Save Mesh As Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Save Mesh Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Region Naming. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
Export Geometry Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
Print Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
Print Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Recent State Files Submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Recent Session Files Submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Quit Command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16

Edit Menu

Undo and Redo Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17


Options Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
TurboGrid Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
Common Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

Session Menu

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Play Session Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
New Session Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Start Recording Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Stop Recording Command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25

Create Menu

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Mesh Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27

Page vi ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide


Table of Contents: Display Menu
User Defined Submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Point Command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Line Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Plane Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Turbo Surface Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
Volume Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
Isosurface Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Polyline Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
Surface Command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
Contour Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
Instance Transform Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Legend Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Text Command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
New Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42

Display Menu

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
Display One Instance Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
Display Two Instances Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
Display All Instances Command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
Hide/Unhide Geometry Objects Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
Hide/Unhide Layers Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
Hide/Unhide Mesh Objects Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
Blade-to-Blade View Submenu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45

Viewer

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
Viewer Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
Viewer Hotkeys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Multiple Viewports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
Selecting, Adding, and Deleting Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
Selecting and Dragging Objects while in Viewing Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50

Tools Menu

Calculator Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51


Function Calculator Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
Expressions Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
Expression Editor Dialog Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
Variables Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
Variable Editor Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
Command Editor Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59

Help Menu

On ANSYS TurboGrid Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61


Master Contents Command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide Page vii


Table of Contents: CFX Command Language
Master Index Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
Tutorials Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Search Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Installation and Licensing Command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
About ANSYS TurboGrid Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
About ICEM CFD Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
About Qt Command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Help on Help Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62

CFX Command Language

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
CCL Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
Basic Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
Simple Syntax Details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
Object Creation and Deletion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
CFX Expression Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
CEL Functions, Constants and System Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69

Command Actions

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
Command Actions Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
File Operations from the Command Editor Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Save State Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Read State Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
Save Topology Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Save Mesh Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Save Blade Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
Create Session Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
Read Session Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
Create Hardcopy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
Export Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
Quantitative Calculations in the Command Editor Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
Function Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
Other Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
Deleting Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
Viewing a Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
Creating a Mesh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

Power Syntax

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
Examples of Power Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
Example 1: Using a for Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
Example 2: Creating a Simple Subroutine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87

Page viii ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide


Table of Contents: Line Interface Mode
Predefined Power Syntax Subroutines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
evaluate(Expression) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
getValue(Object Name, Parameter Name) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
showPkgs(). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
showSubs() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
showVars() . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
verboseOn(). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88

Line Interface Mode

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
Line Interface Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
Lists of Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Viewer Hotkeys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
getstate Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Repeating CCL Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Executing a Shell Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Quitting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
Batch Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
Example: Generating a Similar Mesh from Different Curve Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92

Meshing Reference

Meshing Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide Page ix


Table of Contents: Meshing Reference

Page x ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide


File Menu
• Introduction (p. 1)
• New Case Command (p. 3)
• Load BladeGen Command (p. 3)
• Load Curves Command (p. 5)
• Load CFG Command (p. 7)
• Reread Curves Command (p. 7)
• Load State Command (p. 7)
• Save State Command (p. 8)
• Save State As Command (p. 8)
• Save Submenu (p. 9)
• Save Mesh Command (p. 11)
• Save Mesh As Command (p. 11)
• Export Geometry Command (p. 13)
• Print Command (p. 13)
• Recent State Files Submenu (p. 15)
• Recent Session Files Submenu (p. 15)
• Quit Command (p. 16)

Introduction
ANSYS TurboGrid uses and produces the following file types.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide


ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Page 1
File Menu: Introduction

Session File
.tse session files are produced by ANSYS TurboGrid and contain CCL commands. Session
files record the commands executed to a file for playback at a later date. Use Session files to
run ANSYS TurboGrid in batch mode. See Session Menu and Batch Mode (p. 92) for details.

Note: Since the Session file is a text file of CCL commands, you can write your own Session
files using a text editor.

State File
.tst state files are produced by ANSYS TurboGrid and contain CCL commands. They differ
from Session files in that only a snap-shot of the current state is saved to a file. Using state
files, you can close ANSYS TurboGrid and continue working later from the same point. See
Load State Command (p. 7) and Save State Command (p. 8) for details.

Note: Since the State file is a text file of CCL commands, you can write your own State files
using a text editor.
Note: State files previously had the extension .cst.

Topology File
.tgt topology files are produced by ANSYS TurboGrid and define the topology. Using
topology files, you can use the same topology for various cases without having to redefine
it each time.

Note: Since the topology file is a text file, you can write your own topology files using a text
editor.

Grid and Boundary Condition Files


.grd and .bcf grid and boundary condition files are produced by ANSYS TurboGrid and
contain the mesh in a format which can be read by CFX-TASCflow. For details, see Save Mesh
Command (p. 11).

Mesh File
.gtm mesh files are produced by ANSYS TurboGrid and contain the mesh in a format which
can be read by ANSYS CFX. For details, see Save Mesh Command (p. 11).

BladeGen.inf File
BladeGen.inf information files contain machine data and curve file data. By loading a
BladeGen.inf file, you can set up the machine data, hub, shroud, and blade curves.

When loading a BladeGen.inf file, the curve type of the Hub and Shroud geometry objects
will be set to Piecewise Linear.

Page 2 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
File Menu: New Case Command

Curve File
.crv and .curve curve files are used by ANSYS TurboGrid to define machine geometry.
These files contain points in free-format ASCII style and can be created using a text editor,
CFX-BladeGen or by saving a modified blade geometry in ANSYS TurboGrid.

TurboGrid 1.6 cfg File


.cfg simulation setup files contain machine data. By loading a .cfg file, you can set up the
machine data, the hub, shroud, blade curves, and the tip geometry.

Tetin File
.tin Tetin files are produced by ANSYS TurboGrid and describe the geometry in a format
which can be read by ICEM CFD products. For details, see Export Geometry Command
(p. 13).

Print Files
.bmp, .eps, .jpg, .png, .ppm, .ps and .wrl files can be printed. For details, see Print
Command (p. 13).

New Case Command


To display the object selector and begin a new ANSYS TurboGrid simulation, select

File > New Case from the main menu or click New Case .

Load BladeGen Command


To load a BladeGen inf file, select File > Load BladeGen. The Open BladeGen File dialog
box is displayed. Select a file to load, then click Open. The inf is structured as follows:
!====== CFX-BladeGen Export ========
Axis of Rotation: Z
Number of Blade Sets: 9
Number of Blades Per Set: 2
Geometry Units: MM <---- Unknown|IN|MM|FT|MI|M|KM|MIL|UM|CM|UIN
Blade 0 LE: EllipseEnd <---- EllipseEnd|CutoffEnd|SquareEnd
Blade 0 TE: CutOffEnd
Blade 1 LE: EllipseEnd
Blade 1 TE: CutOffEnd
Hub Data File: hub3.curve
Shroud Data File: shroud3.curve
Profile Data File: profile3.curve
(The statements following “<----” are comments that show possible values. They are not part
of the format.)

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 3
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
File Menu: Load BladeGen Command
If the inf file does not specify the curve files, you may turn on an option in the dialog box
(called Guess missing curve files) in order to guess the names of the missing curve files.
After opening the inf file, you may check that the correct curve files were selected by
opening the appropriate Geometry object (e.g., the Hub object) in the object editor, or by
selecting File > Load Curves and examining the curve file names.
If a Bladegen.inf file specifies multiple blades in the blade set, multiple blades will be
generated.

Note: After loading a BladeGen.inf file, the Curve Type settings for the Hub and Shroud
objects will be set to Piece-wise linear instead of the default (Bspline).

Page 4 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
File Menu: Load Curves Command

Load Curves Command


To load new geometry curves, select File > Load Curves from the main menu or click

Load Curves . The Load TurboGrid Curves dialog box is displayed.

This dialog box provides a convenient way to define multiple geometry objects, compared
to editing each geometry object separately using the object selector. It is useful when you
first open ANSYS TurboGrid and when you want to use the same settings on a slightly
modified geometry.
The information specified on the Load TurboGrid Curves dialog box will be used to
overwrite the corresponding information in the appropriate geometry objects. No other
previously-defined settings are affected. For example, if a control angle is defined for the
Hub object, it will not be changed by using the Load TurboGrid Curves dialog box.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 5
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
File Menu: Load Curves Command
If a curve file that specifies multiple blades in the blade set is specified for the Blade Set
object, multiple blades will be generated. If a curve file that specifies multiple blades in the
blade set is specified for a particular blade object (stored under the Blade Set object in the
object selector), only the first blade in the file is used. If blade names are not included in the
curve file, then names will be generated in the form Blade n, where n is an integer.

Geometry
A rotating machine component is made up of adjacent blades which are equally spaced
around the circumference of the machine. The Theta extent of one bladeset is calculated as
360 degrees divided by the number of main blades. Many rotating machine components
have secondary and tertiary blades which are placed between the main blades. These are
often called splitter blades. A bladeset contains one main blade and optional splitter blades
which repeat cyclically around the axis of the rotating machine component.
For rotating machine components without any splitter blades, the number of bladesets
equals the total number of blades.
ANSYS TurboGrid creates a mesh for one bladeset only. The mesh can be copied and rotated
using a CFX Pre-processor, if necessary, before it is solved in a CFX Solver.

Note: Meshes for components with multiple blades per bladeset, or splitter blades, can not
be created in this release. Future releases will offer this capability.

Rotation
Click next to the method box to see the available methods for defining the machine’s
rotation axis.
• Using Principal Axis, select the rotation axis from the X, Y or Z axes using the Axis
drop-down list.
• Using Rotation Axis, define a custom rotation axis by entering the Cartesian
coordinates of 2 points on the axis. The coordinates of the points can be typed in or set
using the embedded sliders.

Coordinates and Units


Click next to the corresponding boxes to select the coordinates, angle units, and length
units used in the hub, shroud, and blade files. If any of these are not the same for all three
geometry files, use the object selector to individually define them.

TurboGrid Curve Files


To specify a curve file, set the file name using a path relative to the working directory. You

may accomplish this by clicking Browse beside the Hub, Shroud, or Blade boxes and
using the corresponding File Open dialog box to select a file.

Page 6 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
File Menu: Load CFG Command

Leading/Trailing Edge Definition on the Blade


Define whether the trailing edge is cut-off or square. Optionally specify a
line-of-rotation division of the mesh that stems from the trailing edge at the hub and
shroud. The same applies for the leading edge.

Load CFG Command


To load ANSYS TurboGrid 1.6 simulation setup (CFG) files, select File > Load CFG from the
main menu to access the Load CFG File dialog box.
The Length Units setting in the dialog box must be set correctly. The units that you specify
will be used to interpret the data stored in the curve files specified by the CFG file.
The following data is loaded from a CFG file:
• # of passages
• axis of rotation
• existence of tip and location
• coordinate frame for curve files
• hub, shroud and blade curve file names
• existence of inlet and outlet regions

Reread Curves Command


To re-load the curve files that have previously been loaded into memory, select File >
Reread Curves. This command is useful if you are updating the files in, for example, ANSYS
BladeGen/BladeModeler, and you want to re-load the updated files into ANSYS TurboGrid.

Load State Command


A previously saved state file can be loaded into ANSYS TurboGrid. To load a state file, select

File > Load State from the main menu or click Load State on the toolbar. The
Load State File dialog box is displayed.
If any file specified in a state or session file cannot be found, ANSYS TurboGrid will
automatically search the state or session file directory for a file of the same name. If this
search fails, the current working directory will be searched. As a result, state and session files
will not have to be edited to change the path when state, session and curve files are moved
from one directory to another.
Select the Load as new simulation radio button to delete all existing objects and create
new objects which are defined in the state file.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 7
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
File Menu: Save State Command
Select the Append to current simulation radio button to add all objects defined in the
State file to the existing objects. Existing objects are not removed unless they have the same
name as an object in the state file, in which case they are replaced. Loading a state file in this
way allows the use of a number of state files as building blocks for commonly used objects.

Save State Command


If you have not saved a State file during the current ANSYS TurboGrid session, selecting
File > Save State from the main menu opens the Save State dialog box where you can type
a file name for your state file. For details, see Save State As Command (p. 8).
If you have already saved a state file during the current ANSYS TurboGrid session, selecting
File > Save State from the main menu overwrites that file. To save a state to a different file
name, select File > Save State As... from the main menu. For details, see Save State As
Command (p. 8).

Save State As Command


Saving a State file produces a text file containing CCL commands for the current ANSYS
TurboGrid state. To save a state to a new file, select File > Save State As... from the main

menu or click Save State As... . The Save State dialog box is displayed.

Set Look in to the directory in which you want to create the state file.

Page 8 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
File Menu: Save Submenu
In the light on the right side, select the objects to include in the state file, or select
Save All Objects. If Save All Objects is selected, the current state of all objects is written to
the state file. If Save All Objects is cleared, select the objects to save to the state file by
clicking on each object. The current state of all selected objects is written to the state file.
Enter (or select) a file name, then click Save to save the state file.
A state file is linked to the geometry files from which it was created by an absolute path;
therefore, the location of the geometry files should not be changed. This also applies to
topology files if the From File option is selected for a Topology Set object.
State files are automatically saved with a .tst file extension.

Save Submenu
Many objects that can be saved or saved under a different name are listed under the Save
submenu.
• Save Blade Command
• Save Blade As Command
• Save Periodic/Interface Surfaces Command
• Save Inlet Command
• Save Inlet As Command
• Save Outlet Command
• Save Outlet As Command
• Save Topology Command
• Save Topology As Command

Save Blade Command


If you have not saved a blade file during the current ANSYS TurboGrid session, selecting File
> Save > Blade from the main menu opens the Save Blade dialog box where you can type
a file name for your blade file. For details, see Save Blade As Command (p. 9).
If you have already saved a blade file during the current ANSYS TurboGrid session, selecting
File > Save > Blade from the main menu overwrites that file. To save a blade to a different
file name, select File > Save > Blade As... from the main menu. For details, see Save Blade
As Command (p. 9).

Save Blade As Command


Saving a blade file produces a text file defining the current blade, which can then be used to
define the blade for future meshes. If the same changes to the blade would otherwise be
repeated, this eliminates wasted time. To save a blade to a new file, select
File > Save > Blade As from the main menu. The Save Blade dialog box is displayed.
Blade files are saved with a .crv file extension if the file type is All Blade Files (*.crv
*.curve).

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 9
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
File Menu: Save Submenu

Save Periodic/Interface Surfaces Command


Saving the periodic/interface surfaces produces a text file describing the location and shape
of the interfaces between adjacent blades. You can optionally set a base name for
constructing the data file name. You can optionally change the units in which to save the
data.

Save Inlet Command


Saving the inlet produces a text file describing the location and shape of the inlet region.
This includes any added inlet points.
Inlet files are saved with a .crv file extension if the file type is All Inlet Files (*.crv
*.curve).

Save Inlet As Command


Save an inlet (see above) to an alternative filename.

Save Outlet Command


Saving the outlet produces a text file describing the location and shape of the outlet region.
This includes any added inlet points.
Outlet files are saved with a .crv file extension if the file type is All Outlet Files (*.crv
*.curve).

Save Outlet As Command


Save an outlet (see above) to an alternative filename.

Save Topology Command


If you have not saved a topology file during the current ANSYS TurboGrid session, selecting
File > Save > Save Topology from the main menu opens the Save Topology dialog box
where you can type a file name for the topology file. For details, see Save Topology As
Command (p. 10).
If you have already saved a topology file during the current ANSYS TurboGrid session,
selecting File > Save > Save Topology from the main menu overwrites that file. To save a
topology to a different file name, select File > Save > Save Topology As from the main
menu. For details, see Save Topology As Command (p. 10).

Save Topology As Command


Saving a topology file produces a text file defining the current topology. This file can then
be used to define the topology for other geometries, which may be necessary for certain
analyses. To save a topology to a new file, select File > Save > Save Topology As from the

main menu or click Save Topology As . The Save Topology window is displayed.
Topology files are saved with a .tgt file extension automatically.
Page 10 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
File Menu: Save Mesh Command

Save Mesh Command


If you have not saved a mesh file during the current ANSYS TurboGrid session, selecting
File > Save Mesh from the main menu opens the Save Mesh dialog box where you can
type a file name for the mesh file. For details, see Save Mesh As Command (p. 11).
If you have already saved a mesh file during the current ANSYS TurboGrid session, selecting
File > Save Mesh from the main menu overwrites that file. To save a mesh to a different file
name, select File > Save Mesh As from the main menu. For details, see Save Mesh As
Command (p. 11).

Save Mesh As Command


Saving a mesh file produces input files for ANSYS CFX or CFX-TASCflow. To save a mesh to a

new file, select File > Save > Save Mesh As from the main menu or click Save Mesh As .
The Save Mesh dialog box is displayed.

Save Mesh Dialog Box

Set Look in to the directory in which you want to create the mesh file.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 11
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
File Menu: Save Mesh As Command
Solver Type If the solver type is set to CFX, a file of type .gtm is saved by default (i.e., if no extension is
specified). You can also save a file of type .def by adding the .def extension to the
specified filename. Both .gtm and .def files contain regions that can be used in ANSYS
CFX-Pre to set up a CFD problem.
If the solver type is set to CFX-TASCflow, four types of file are saved: .grd, .bcf, .gci and
.lun. A .grd file contains a number of regions that can be used in CFX-TASCflow to set up
the CFD problem. If you specify the filename mycustomname or mycustomname.grd, ANSYS
TurboGrid saves files named mycustomname.grd, mycustomname.bcf, mycustomname.gci,
and mycustomname.lun. If you specify a filename of grd, ANSYS TurboGrid saves files
named grd, bcf, gci, and name.lun. If the solver type is switched to CFX-TASCflow when
the specified file name is blank, ANSYS TurboGrid sets the file name to grd.
If you change the solver type, any existing file extension (for example, .def or .grd) is
removed automatically from the file name.

Export Units Set Export Units to the length unit for the exported mesh.

Inlet / Outlet / If Solver type is set to CFX, the following options are available:
Passage Option
• Separate domains, one file The inlet and outlet blocks remain separate from the
passage block. Three separate assemblies appear in ANSYS CFX-Pre. This choice is ideal
when you wish to place the inlet and outlet blocks in a different frame of reference from
the passage.
• Combined in one domain, one file
The inlet and outlet blocks are combined with (merged with) the passage block. One
combined assembly appears in ANSYS CFX-Pre. This choice is ideal when you wish to
keep the inlet and outlet blocks in the same frame of reference as the passage.
• Separate domains, multiple files
The inlet and outlet blocks are combined with (merged with) the passage block. One
combined assembly appears in ANSYS CFX-Pre. This choice is ideal when you wish to
keep the inlet and outlet blocks in the same frame of reference as the passage.
If the solver type is set to CFX-TASCflow, three sets of files are saved using the same naming
convention as for CFX. This means that there will be a FILENAME_Inlet, FILENAME_Outlet,
and a FILENAME all of which will each have a file with a .grd, .bcf, .gci and .lun
extension.

Write Single If Solver type is set to CFX, you can select the Write single precision mesh check box to
Precision Mesh cause a single-precision mesh file to be written instead of a double-precision file. The
default is double-precision. There is little benefit to using single-precision other than to
reduce the size of the mesh file.

Generate This option is available if Solver type is set to CFX-TASCflow. This option causes the export
Periodic and to carry out the following steps:
GGI Interfaces
• Create a .gci file for each mesh which defines macros for generating periodic interfaces
in CFX-TASCbob3D.

Page 12 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
File Menu: Export Geometry Command
• Run CFX-TASCbob3D in batch (if CFX-TASCflow is installed with a valid license), execute
the required macros to generate the interfaces between blades (passage and periodic
interfaces), and update the .grd and .bcf files as required.

Region Naming
The regions saved to the .gtm, .def and .grd files are BLADE, PER1, PER2, HUB, SHROUD,
INFLOW and OUTFLOW.
If the mesh has an inlet or outlet 3D region, additional regions will be created in the files for
these domains with the suffix Inlet or Outlet. For example, the regions for a case with an
inlet 3D region are PER1 Inlet, PER2 Inlet, HUB Inlet, SHROUD Inlet, INFLOW and OUTFLOW
Inlet. The same applies for an outlet 3D region and for the Passage Region. For the parts
specific to a region (BLADE for Passage, INFLOW for Inlet, and OUTFLOW for Outlet), no suffix
is added.

Export Geometry Command


The geometry in ANSYS TurboGrid can be exported to a tetin file format which can then be
read by ICEM CFD products. To export a geometry to a tetin file, select
File > Export Geometry from the main menu. The Export Geometry dialog box is
displayed.
Geometry files are saved with a .tin file extension automatically.

Print Command
To print the current contents of the viewer window to a file, select File > Print from the main

menu or click Print to file . The Print dialog box is displayed.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 13
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
File Menu: Print Command

Print Dialog Box

To print to a file, type a file name and path into the File box, or click Browse to open a
dialog box that helps you to select a directory and file name.
Printed files are always saved with the file extension corresponding to the selected format.

Format Click next to the Format box to see the available file formats.
• PostScript (*.ps) and Encapsulated PostScript (*.eps) are recommended for
output to a printer or line drawings.
• JPEG (*.jpg) is a compressed file format developed for compressing raw digital
information. File sizes are small but it is not recommended for line drawings.
• Portable Pixel Map (*.ppm) is similar to the bitmap format.
• Bitmap (*.bmp) files are usually large and do not adjust well to resizing or editing. They
do retain all of the quality of the original image and can be easily converted to other
formats.
• Portable Network Graphics (*.png) is a file format intended to replace the GIF
format. It was designed for use on the WorldWide Web and retains many of the features
of GIF with new features added.
• Virtual Reality Modelling Language (*.wrl) is used to present interactive
three-dimensional views and can be delivered across the World Wide Web.
When the White Background check box is selected, certain white objects, are colored black
and certain black objects are colored white in the image file (except VRML). Objects that are
not affected can usually be manually colored by editing them.

Page 14 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
File Menu: Recent State Files Submenu
Use Screen Size will print an image with a width and height equal to the current viewer size.
Clear the toggle and enter a width and height in pixels to achieve a specific image size.
Scale (%) is used to scale the size of bitmap images to a fraction (in percent) of the current
viewer window size. This option is disabled with the clearing of the Use Screen Size toggle.
Image Quality is only available for the JPEG format. Type in the value for the image quality,
increase or decrease the value by 1 by clicking or respectively, or use the embedded
slider (which has a maximum value of 100, which is the highest image quality, and a
minimum value of 1, which is the lowest image quality).
Tolerance is a non-dimensional value used in face sorting when generating hardcopy
output. Larger values result in faster printing times, but may cause defects in the resulting
output.

Use Screen When Use Screen Capture is selected, a screen capture of the viewer is saved to the output
Capture Check file.
Box
Note: Face culling only affects printouts made using the screen capture method.

White You can print the current image with a white background by selecting White Background.
Background
Check Box

Use Screen Size The Use Screen Size check box causes the output to have the same number of pixels as
Check Box shown in the viewer. You can specify the width and height of the image in pixels.

Width and You can specify the width and height of the image in pixels by entering values for Width and
Height Check Height. In order to use these settings, the Use Screen Size check box must be cleared.
Boxes

Print Button Click Print to write the file.

Recent State Files Submenu


ANSYS TurboGrid saves the file paths of the last six State files opened. To re-open a recently
used state file, select File > Recent State Files from the main menu and then select the file
from the Recent State Files submenu.

Recent Session Files Submenu


ANSYS TurboGrid saves the file paths of the last six session files opened. To re-open a
recently used session file, select File > Recent Session Files from the main menu and then
select the file from the Recent Session Files submenu.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 15
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
File Menu: Quit Command

Quit Command
To exit from ANSYS TurboGrid select Quit from the file menu. Objects created during the
ANSYS TurboGrid session are not automatically saved. If you want to save the objects before
quitting, create a state file. For details, see Save State Command (p. 8).

Page 16 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Edit Menu
• Undo and Redo Commands (p. 17)
• Options Command (p. 18)

Undo and Redo Commands


ANSYS TurboGrid includes an infinite Undo feature, limited only by the available memory on
the machine and a few other restrictions described below. Select Edit > Undo from the main
menu or click Undo on the toolbar to return to the state immediately prior to when the

last Apply action was executed. Select Edit > Redo from the main menu or click Redo
on the toolbar to reapply changes that were undone. A Redo command must follow an
undo or Redo command.
The undo function has a few limitations:
• When a mesh is created, the undo stack is cleared, meaning that the mesh creation
process itself, and all commands before it, cannot be undone using the Undo
command.
• While creating a session file, the undo/redo commands are not available.
• Any action which does not affect the state cannot be undone. For example, creating a
mesh cannot be undone, nor can saving a topology file since neither of these actions
changes the state.
• The undo function cannot return to the initial state of a default object. For example,
after defining the Hub object for the first time, you cannot click Undo to return to the
undefined state of the Hub object.
• Undo also reverses geometry manipulation when the named view icons located at the
top of the Viewer window have been used. Rotation, zoom and translation actions
performed using the mouse are not affected by selecting Edit > Undo from the main
menu or by clicking on the icon on the toolbar. You can, however, undo some
viewer manipulations. For details, see Viewer Hotkeys (p. 48).

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide


ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Page 17
Edit Menu: Options Command
The redo feature is used to reverse an undo action. Selecting Edit > Redo from the main
menu or clicking on the icon on the toolbar can be done repeatedly to reverse as many
undo actions as have been applied.

Options Command
Select Edit > Options from the main menu to set various viewer and appearance options in
ANSYS TurboGrid.

TurboGrid Options
The Enable Beta Features check box will make the beta features of ANSYS TurboGrid
available.

Viewer Highlight Type controls how an object is highlighted in the viewer window while in picking
mode when highlighting is on. For details, see Viewer Toolbar (p. 47).
• If Bounding Box is selected, the object is always highlighted with a red box surrounding
the Object.
• If Wireframe is selected, the object is traced with a red line if the object contains
surfaces.

Background
The following background options are available:
• Color: A constant color can be chosen.
• Image: One of a list of Predefined images or a Custom image can be selected. When
setting a custom image, you must choose an image file and a type of mapping. The
image types that are supported are: bmp, jpg, png, ppm. Mapping options are Flat and
Spherical.

Text Color and Edge Color


In the standalone version, set text color and edge color as appropriate.

Axis Visibility
If the Axis Visibility check box is selected, the axis appears in the lower left corner of the
viewer window. The axis is useful for reference when the geometry is rotated. The axis labels
change when the viewer coordinates are transformed.

Ruler Visibility
If the Ruler Visibility check box is selected, a ruler appears in the viewer to show the length
scale.

Page 18 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Edit Menu: Options Command

Common Options
ANSYS TurboGrid includes an auto-save function which backs up work at set time intervals
by saving a state file. Select the frequency of the auto save by picking a value from the
drop-down list. Auto Save can be disabled by selecting Never from the list.
To change the directory in which auto-saved state files are saved, type a file name and path
into the Temporary Dir box, or click on the browse icon beside the Temporary Dir box to
open the Temporary Directory dialog box.

Appearance Click on Appearance in the options box to control the appearance of the GUI.
Choose a GUI
style based
on any listed
platform.

Choose a font
style and size.
Clicking here
opens up the
Select Font

ANSYS TurboGrid sets the GUI Style to that of the machine’s platform, by default. For
example, on Windows the GUI has a Windows look to it. If you prefer an SGI appearance to
the GUI, then select SGI from the drop-down list. Any of the following appearances can be
used on any platform:
• Windows
• Motif
• Motif Plus
• SGI
• Platinum
• CDE
The font used within the GUI can be changed by clicking on the font button to open the
Select Font window.

Viewer Setup: Viewer options under the Common branch are Double Buffering and Unlimited Zoom
General toggles.

Note: Using Unlimited Zoom will allow the exceeding of the depth buffer accuracy,
resulting in rendering artifacts.

Double Buffering
Double Buffering is a feature supported by most OpenGL implementations. It provides
two complete color buffers that swap between each other to animate graphics smoothly. If
your implementation of OpenGL does not support double buffering, you can clear this
check box.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 19
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Edit Menu: Options Command
Unlimited Zoom
By default, zoom is restricted to prevent graphics problems related to depth sorting.
Selecting Unlimited Zoom allows an unrestricted zoom.

Viewer Setup: The mouse mapping options are available when running in standalone mode. They allow
Mouse Mapping you to assign viewer actions to mouse clicks and keyboard/mouse combined clicks.
A diagram of the default mouse mapping is given below and can be printed out to use as a
quick reference.

<Shift> Zoom Box Translate<Shift>


<Ctrl> Rotate in Zoom Out<Ctrl>
plane of screen (not Move Light
changeable)

Zoom<Shift>
Zoom In<Ctrl>
Set Pivot Point

A description of each action follows.


• Zoom: drag the pointer up to zoom out and down to zoom in.
• Translate: translates the view.
• Zoom Box: draw a rectangle around the area of interest, starting from the top left corner
and ending at the bottom right corner. The selected area will fill the viewer when the
mouse button is released.
• Zoom In: click the mouse button to zoom in step-by-step centered on the location of the
mouse pointer.
• Zoom Out: click the mouse button to zoom out step-by-step centered on the location
of the mouse pointer.
• Rotate Z: rotate the view about the z-axis.
• Set Pivot Point: sets the point about which the Rotate and Rotate Z actions pivot. The
point selected must be on an object in the Viewer.
• Move Light: move the lighting angle for the viewer. Drag the mouse left or right to move
the horizontal lighting source and up or down to move the vertical lighting source. The
light angle hold two angular values between 0 - 180.

Units Click on Units in the options box to control the units which are presented in the GUI for
each Quantity Type.
Select a pre-defined Units System such as SI, English Engineering or British
Technical. The predefined Units for any quantity types in these units systems cannot be
changed. Select the Custom units system to specify any valid units for each quantity type.
For example, you may want to display Length in mm (an SI unit), but Angle in radians (not
an SI unit). Click on More Quantity Types to display the Custom Quantity Types form and
set custom units for more quantity types.

Page 20 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Edit Menu: Options Command
The units set on this panel define the units used in the GUI for all quantity types. The units
you select for a quantity type appear wherever that quantity type is used. For example, if you
choose mm as the unit of Length and create a plot in ANSYS TurboGrid colored by Length,
you must specify a user specified length range in units of mm. If you created a Legend for
the plot, the values on the Legend would be in units of mm.
If the Always convert units to Preferred Units check box is selected, all quantities entered
in the GUI are converted into the preferred units.

Note: Setting units in the variable editor will override the actual setting for that quantity
type.

Advanced The cmd timeout value is an advanced feature. It sets the delay between a mouse control
action and its execution.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 21
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Edit Menu: Options Command

Page 22 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Session Menu
• Introduction (p. 23)
• Play Session Command (p. 24)
• New Session Command (p. 24)
• Start Recording Command (p. 25)
• Stop Recording Command (p. 25)

Introduction
Session files contain a record of the commands issued during a ANSYS TurboGrid session.
Actions that cause commands to be written to a session file include:
• Creation of new objects and changes to existing objects committed by clicking Apply
in the object editor.
• Creation of a mesh.
• Commands issued in the Command Editor dialog box.
• Calculations performed in the built-in calculator.
• Viewer manipulation performed using the icons located at the top of the viewer
window. (Viewer manipulation performed using the mouse and keyboard are not
recorded to a session file.)
• Creation of new cameras and selecting a camera view.
• All actions available from the File menu.
• Creation of expressions and user variables.
• Creation of chart lines and viewing charts.
Session files can be used to run ANSYS TurboGrid in batch mode. For details, see Batch Mode
(p. 92).

Note: Since the session file is a text file of CCL commands, you can write your own Session
files using a text editor.
Note: Do not end your session file with the Quit command.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide


ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Page 23
Session Menu: Play Session Command

Play Session Command


A previously recorded session file can be played in ANSYS TurboGrid. To play a session file,

select Session > Play Session from the main menu or click Play Session on the toolbar.
The Play Session File dialog box is displayed.
The commands listed in the selected session file are executed. Existing objects with the
same name as objects defined in the session file are replaced by those in the session file.
For any file specified in a state or session file, if the file cannot be found ANSYS TurboGrid
will automatically search the state or session file directory for a file of the same name. If this
procedure fails, the current working directory will be searched. As a result, state and session
files will not have to be edited to change the path when state, session and curve files are
moved from one directory to another.

Note: A session file cannot be played if it contains the Undo command. To run a session file
which contains the Undo command, edit the session file first to remove the command.

New Session Command


To create a new Session file, select Session > New Session from the main menu or click New

Session on the toolbar. The Set Session File dialog box is displayed.
Upon clicking Save in the dialog window, that file becomes the current session file.
Commands are not written to the file until recording begins. For details, see Start Recording
Command (p. 25).
Session files should be saved with a .tse file extension. The extension is added to a file
name if TG Session Files (*.tse) is selected as the file type.
If you create more than one session file during a ANSYS TurboGrid session, the most recently
created file is by default the current session file. To set a different file to be the current
session file, select an existing file from the Set Session File dialog box and then click Save.
The following message then appears:

Click Overwrite to delete the existing session file and create a new file in its place. Click
Append to add selected commands to the end of the existing session file when recording
begins.

Page 24 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Session Menu: Start Recording Command

Start Recording Command


To start recording a session file, select Session > Start Recording from the main menu or

click Start Recording on the toolbar. This activates recording of CCL commands issued
to the current session file. A session file must be set before recording can begin. For details,
see New Session Command (p. 24).

While recording a session file, the Undo and Redo icons are disabled.

Stop Recording Command


To stop recording a session file, select Session > Stop Recording from the main menu or

click Stop Recording on the toolbar. This terminates recording of CCL commands issued
to the current session file. Start and stop recording to a session file as many times as
necessary.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 25
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Session Menu: Stop Recording Command

Page 26 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Create Menu
• Introduction (p. 27)
• Mesh Command (p. 27)
• User Defined Submenu (p. 28)

Introduction
The Create menu contains a list of objects which, although not necessary for mesh
generation, can be used as tools to analyze the mesh and geometry.
When you select any of the objects from the Create menu, a dialog box appears in which
you can either accept the default name or type a new one for the object (in this case a plane).
The name should be different from any current object of the same type to avoid overwriting
the existing object. ANSYS TurboGrid does not let you create objects with the same name
but different types.

Click OK or press <Enter> to open the relevant object editor. The object does not exist in the
database until you click Apply in the object editor. For information on how to create objects
from the command line see Object Creation and Deletion (p. 67)

Mesh Command
The flow path through the rotating machine is divided into small but discrete volumes.
These volumes are hexahedral elements which have six sides and eight corners. There are
nodes placed on each corner and the assembly of these nodes forms the mesh. The mesh
fills the entire flow path and is used by CFX solvers. The quality of the solution depends
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide
ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Page 27
Create Menu: User Defined Submenu
partly on the quality of the Mesh. To create a mesh, select Create > Mesh from the main
menu, click Create Mesh on the toolbar, or right-click anywhere in the viewer or tree
view and select Create Mesh from the shortcut menu.
ANSYS TurboGrid creates the mesh using the current state of the Topology Set and Mesh
Data objects. The time it takes to create the mesh depends on its size and the number of
smoothing iterations chosen. Displayed in the status bar at the bottom left corner of the
application window is an estimate of the total number of nodes and the total number of
elements in the mesh. After the mesh is created, the color and rendering settings in the
viewer window can be controlled for each individual mesh surface.
If changes are made to any of the Geometry, Topology Set, Mesh Data, or Layers objects,
the mesh must be recreated in order for these changes to be included in the mesh.

User Defined Submenu


The User Defined submenu lists commands that create new objects.

Point Command
A point can exist anywhere within or outside the domain. To create a new point, select
Create > User Defined > Point from the main menu.

Point: Geometry Point Definition


Tab The available options for defining a point are described next:
• XYZ
Set the point coordinates. To set the coordinates, first click on one of the point
coordinate boxes. The point coordinates will be displayed with a yellow background,
and the viewer will switch to picking mode. You can then pick a point directly by clicking
a visible object in the viewer. The point can lie outside of the domain.
You can alternatively set the coordinates one-at-a-time by typing in the coordinates
and/or using the embedded slider that appears beneath the coordinate boxes.
• Node Number
Create a point at a nodal location. Use the Domains drop-down list to select the
domain(s) in which the point exists. After choosing the domain(s) in which to select the
node, enter the node number. Type in the node number or set it using the embedded
sliders. When more than one domain is selected, a point is created for the specified node
number in each domain (if the node number exists). If the node number does not exist
in one domain but exists in another, select only the domain in which the node exists or
an error message is displayed.
• Variable Minimum/Variable Maximum
Create the point where a variable is at its maximum or minimum value on any named
locator. The Domains drop-down list is used to select the domain(s) in which the user
surface exists. After choosing the domain(s), select the locator name and the variable of
interest. When more than one domain is selected, a point is created for the
maximum/minimum value of the variable within each domain.

Page 28 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Create Menu: User Defined Submenu
Symbol Definition
The Symbol Size must be between 0 and 10 (10 being a similar scale to the geometry). Type
in the value or set it using the embedded slider.
Set Symbol to one of the available symbols.
Picking Mode can be used to select and/or translate points in the viewer. For details, see
Viewer Toolbar (p. 47).

Note: You cannot move points which have been defined using Node Number or Variable
Min/Max.

Point: Color Tab See Color Tab (p. 7 in "ANSYS TurboGrid User’s Guide") for details.

Point: Render See Render Tab (p. 9 in "ANSYS TurboGrid User’s Guide") for details.
Tab

Line Command
A line locator can exist between two points anywhere within or outside the domain. To
create a new line, select Create > User Defined > Line from the main menu.

Line: Geometry Domains


Tab Select the domain(s) in which the line will exist.

Line Definition
Lines are created by defining two points. To set the coordinates, first click on one of the
point coordinate boxes. The point coordinates will be displayed with a yellow background,
and the viewer will switch to picking mode. You can then pick a point directly by clicking a
visible object in the viewer. The point can lie outside of the domain.
You can alternatively set the coordinates one-at-a-time by typing in the coordinates and/or
using the embedded slider that appears beneath the coordinate boxes.

Line Type
Set the Line Type to either Cut or Sample.
• Cut extends the line in both directions until it reaches the edge of the domain. Points on
the line correspond to points where the line intersects a mesh element face. As a result,
the number of points on the line is indirectly proportional to the mesh spacing.
• Sample creates the line between the two specified points. The sample line is a set of
evenly-spaced sampling points which are independent of the mesh spacing. The
number of points along the line corresponds to the value in the Samples box.
Picking Mode can be used to select and/or translate lines in the viewer. For details, see
Viewer Toolbar (p. 47).

Line: Color Tab See Color Tab (p. 7 in "ANSYS TurboGrid User’s Guide") for details.

Line: Render See Render Tab (p. 9 in "ANSYS TurboGrid User’s Guide") for details.
Tab

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 29
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Create Menu: User Defined Submenu

Plane Command
A plane locator is a two-dimensional area that exists only within the boundaries of the
geometry. To create a new plane, select Create > User Defined > Plane from the main
menu.

Plane: Domains
Geometry Tab Select the domain(s) in which the plane will exist.

Plane Definition
The available methods for defining a plane are described next:
• YZ Plane
Create a plane normal to the X axis and at a specific X value. Type in the X value, set it
using the embedded slider or click Enter Expression to the right of the X option, and
enter its value as an expression. For details, see Expressions Command (p. 56).
• ZX Plane
Create a plane normal to the Y axis and at a specific Y value. Type in the Y value, set it
using the embedded slider or click Enter Expression to the right of the Y option, and
enter its value as an expression. For details, see Expressions Command (p. 56).
• XY Plane
Create a plane normal to the Z axis and at a specific Z value. Type in the Z value, set it
using the embedded slider or click Enter Expression to the right of the Z option, and
enter its value as an expression. For details, see Expressions Command (p. 56).
• Point and Normal
Create a plane using a single point on the plane and a vector normal to the plane.
To set the point coordinates, first click on one of the point coordinate boxes. The point
coordinates will be displayed with a yellow background and the viewer will switch to
picking mode. You can then pick a point directly by clicking a visible object in the
viewer. The point can lie outside of the domain.
You can alternatively set the coordinates one-at-a-time by typing in the coordinates
and/or using the embedded slider that appears beneath the coordinate boxes.
When picking a point from the viewer for the normal vector, the vector is taken from the
origin to the point picked.
• Three Points
Create a plane using three points. To set the point coordinates, first click on one of the
point coordinate boxes. The point coordinates will be displayed with a yellow
background, and the viewer will switch to picking mode. You can then pick a point
directly by clicking a visible object in the viewer. The point can lie outside of the domain.
You can alternatively set the coordinates one-at-a-time by typing in the coordinates
and/or using the embedded slider that appears beneath the coordinate boxes.

Page 30 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Create Menu: User Defined Submenu
The normal vector to the plane is calculated using the right-hand rule. The first vector is
from Point 1 to Point 2 and the second is from Point 1 to Point 3 as shown in the diagram
below.

Point 3
n
v2

Point 2

v1
Point 1

n = v1 x v2

Plane Bounds
The available types of bounds are described next:
• When None is selected the plane cuts through a complete cross-section of each domain
specified in the Domains list. The plane is only bounded by the limits of the domain.
• The Circular option defines the bounds of a plane as a circle centered at the Point used
in the Plane Definition. Enter the value of the radius of the circle or click Enter Expression
to the right of the Radius option to enter an expression for the radius of the circle.
The plane is undefined in areas where the circle extends outside of the domains
specified in the Domains list.
• For the Rectangle option the plane bounds are defined by a rectangle centered about
the point selected in the plane definition with lengths in the x and y-directions of X Size
and Y Size respectively. The size is determined with reference to the plane center (i.e.,
the plane is resized around its center). The X Angle value rotates the plane
counter-clockwise about its normal by the specified number of degrees. The plane is
undefined in areas where the rectangle extends outside of the domains specified in the
Domains list.
Both the circular and rectangular options have an Invert Plane Bounds check box. If this
check box is selected, the area defined by the rectangle or circle is used as a cut-out area
from a slice plane which is bounded only by the domain(s). The area inside the bounds of
the rectangle or circle does not form part of the plane, but everything on the slice plane
outside of these bounds is included.

Plane Type
Set the Plane Type to either Slice or Sample.
Slice extends the plane in all directions until it reaches the edge of the domain. Points on
the plane correspond to points where the plane intersects an edge of the mesh. As a result,
the number of points in a slice plane is indirectly proportional to the mesh spacing.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 31
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Create Menu: User Defined Submenu
Sample creates the plane with either circular or rectangular bounds, depending on the
plane bounds selected. For the Circular option, the density of points on the plane
corresponds to the radius of the plane specified in the Plane Bound frame, and the value in
the Samples box for the radial and circumferential directions. For rectangular bounds, the
density of points on the plane corresponds to the size of the bounds for the plane in each of
the plane directions, and the value in the Samples box for each of the two coordinate
directions that describe the plane. A sample plane is a set of evenly-spaced points which are
independent of the mesh spacing.
Picking Mode can be used to select and/or translate planes in the viewer. For details, see
Viewer Toolbar (p. 47).

Plane: Color Tab See Color Tab (p. 7 in "ANSYS TurboGrid User’s Guide") for details.

Plane: Render See Render Tab (p. 9 in "ANSYS TurboGrid User’s Guide") for details.
Tab

Turbo Surface Command


A Turbo Surface is a surface that exists only within the boundaries of the geometry and is
defined using variables specific to rotating machinery. To create a new turbo surface, select
Create > User Defined > Turbo Surface from the main menu.

Turbo Surface: Domains


Geometry Tab Select the domain(s) in which the turbo surface will exist.

Turbo Surface Definition


ANSYS TurboGrid creates a turbo surface using a defined variable and its value. Set the
domain to either All Domains or DOMAIN:Passage. Select a variable and set a value to
define the location of the turbo surface (The variable is “K” by default, which is the mesh
plane index that varies from hub to shroud for H-Grid and J-Grid topologies.). You may enter
the value directly, set the value using the embedded slider, or click Enter Expression to
the right of the Value option to enter an expression for the value (Click in the Value option
to make the icon and slider appear.).

Turbo Surface: See Color Tab (p. 7 in "ANSYS TurboGrid User’s Guide") for details.
Color Tab

Turbo Surface: See Render Tab (p. 9 in "ANSYS TurboGrid User’s Guide") for details.
Render Tab

Volume Command
A volume is a collection of mesh elements and can be created anywhere within the domain.
To create a new volume, select Create > User Defined > Volume from the main menu.

Volume: Domains
Geometry Tab Select the domain(s) in which the volume will exist.

Page 32 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Create Menu: User Defined Submenu
Volume Definition
The available methods for defining a volume are described next:
• Sphere
Create a volume in the shape of a sphere by defining the center point and radius for the
sphere.
To set the coordinates of the center points, first click on one of the point coordinate
boxes. The point coordinates will be displayed with a yellow background, and the
viewer will switch to picking mode. You can then pick a point directly by clicking a
visible object in the viewer. The point can lie outside of the domain.
You can alternatively set the coordinates one-at-a-time by typing in the coordinates
and/or using the embedded slider that appears beneath the coordinate boxes.
Type in the radius value or set it using the embedded slider. Ensure that the units are set
correctly. The Intersection Mode plots any volume elements which intersect the
sphere surface. The Above or Below Intersection Mode plots above or below the
volume elements which intersect the sphere surface respectively. If the Inclusive check
box is checked with Above Intersection or Below Intersection selected, the
intersected volume elements are plotted along with those above or below the
intersection, respectively.
• From Surface
Create a volume using an existing surface. Set Location to one or more of the available
surfaces for defining the volume (Use <Ctrl> to multi-select.). The Intersection Mode
plots any volume elements which intersect the surface. The Above or Below
Intersection Mode plots above or below the volume elements which intersect the
surface respectively. If the Inclusive check box is checked with Above Intersection
or Below Intersection selected, the intersected volume elements are plotted along
with those above or below the intersection, respectively.
• Isovolume
Create a volume based on the value(s) of a variable. Click next to the variable box to
see the available variables for defining the volume to be created. Type in the value(s),
set the value(s) using the embedded slider or, by clicking Enter Expression to the
right of the Units box, enter the value(s) as an expression. Set the units for the variable(s)
appropriately. At Value Mode plots any volume elements with the defined variable
value. Above or Below Value Mode plots above or below the volume elements with
the defined variable value. If the Inclusive check box is checked with Above or Below
Value selected, the volume elements with the variable value are plotted along with
those above or below the variable value, respectively. The Between Values Mode plots
any volume elements between the defined variable values. If the Inclusive check box is
checked with Between Values selected, the volume elements with the variable values
are plotted along with those above or below the variable values, respectively.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 33
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Create Menu: User Defined Submenu
Hybrid/Conservative
For Isovolume, the option of using hybrid or conservative values is available. Unless you are
post-processing CFD results using ANSYS TurboGrid, this option can be ignored. For details,
see Hybrid and Conservative Variable Values (p. 59).

Note: Volumes are not displayed as perfect shapes (e.g., a perfect sphere) because mesh
elements are either included or excluded from the Volume. You can choose to create a
Sphere, Plane or Isovolume.

Volume: Color See Color Tab (p. 7 in "ANSYS TurboGrid User’s Guide") for details.
Tab

Volume: Render See Render Tab (p. 9 in "ANSYS TurboGrid User’s Guide") for details.
Tab

Isosurface Command
An Isosurface is a surface upon which a particular variable has a constant value, called the
“level”. To create a new Isosurface, select Create > User Defined > Isosurface from the
main menu.

Isosurface: Domains
Geometry Tab Select the domain(s) in which the isosurface will exist.

Isosurface Definition
Choose the plot variable for the Isosurface from the Variable menu. Set Variable to one of
the available variables for defining the Isosurface. Type in the variable value, set it using the
embedded slider or, by clicking Enter Expression to the right of the Units box and
entering it as an expression. Set the units for the variable. The isosurface connects all
locations with the specified variable value.

Hybrid/Conservative
The option of using hybrid or conservative values is available. Unless you are
post-processing CFD results using ANSYS TurboGrid, this option can be ignored. For details,
see Hybrid and Conservative Variable Values (p. 59).

Isosurface: See Color Tab (p. 7 in "ANSYS TurboGrid User’s Guide") for details.
Color Tab
Note: You may color the Isosurface using any variable or choose a constant color. You
should not select the Local Range option when coloring an Isosurface with the variable used
to define it. In this case the Local Range is zero by definition and a plot would only highlight
round-off errors.

Isosurface: See Render Tab (p. 9 in "ANSYS TurboGrid User’s Guide") for details.
Render Tab

Page 34 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Create Menu: User Defined Submenu

Polyline Command
Polyline: A polyline is a set of connected line segments that connect a series of points. To create a
Geometry Tab polyline, select Create > User Defined > Polyline from the main menu.
Available methods of creating a polyline are:
• From File
• Boundary Intersection

The file format for a polyline is shown below:


Name]
Polyline 1
[Data]
X [ m ], Y [ m ], Z [ m ], Area [ m^2 ], Density [ kg m^-3 ]
-1.04539007e-01, 1.68649014e-02, 5.99999987e-02, 0.00000000e+00, 1.23170340e+00
-9.89871025e-02, 3.27597000e-02, 5.99999987e-02, 0.00000000e+00, 1.23170531e+00
.
.
.
[Lines]
0, 1
1, 2
.
.
.
[Name]
Polyline 2
.
.
.
In this example, the two lines containing data are shown word-wrapped onto the next line.
In the actual file, all data for a given point must be on a single line.
The name of each locator is listed under the Name heading. Point coordinates and the
corresponding variable values are stored in the Data section. Line connectivity data is listed
in the Lines section and references points from the Data section. For this purpose, node
numbering in the Data section is consecutive, starting at zero.
Comments in the file are preceded by # (or ## for the CFX-5.6 polyline format) and can
appear anywhere in the file.
Blank lines are ignored and can appear anywhere in the file (except between the [data]
and first data line, where data is one of the key words in square brackets.

Polyline: Color See Color Tab (p. 7 in "ANSYS TurboGrid User’s Guide") for details.
Tab

Polyline: Render See Render Tab (p. 9 in "ANSYS TurboGrid User’s Guide") for details.
Tab

Surface Command
To create a user surface, select Create > User Defined > Surface from the main menu.

User Surface: Method


Geometry Tab Choose one of the available methods for defining a user surface.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 35
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Create Menu: User Defined Submenu
Boundary Intersection uses the intersection between one or more of the predefined
boundaries in the problem and any 2-D locator to create a user surface. The Domains
drop-down list is used to select the domain(s) in which the user surface is to exist. After
choosing the domain(s), select one of the boundaries from the Boundary List drop-down

menu. To select multiple boundaries, click the icon and hold down <Ctrl> as you select
each boundary. Finally, select one of the graphic objects which intersects the boundary
from the Location menu. When a user surface is created using the boundary intersection
method, a line of intersection between the boundary list and the locator is created. Any
mesh elements through which the line of intersection passes form part of the user surface.
This usually results in a narrow surface with a varying width. The fluctuation in width
becomes more noticeable as the mesh becomes more coarse.
• Select the From File alternative when you are not able to create the required surface
using the Boundary Intersection method. This more versatile option reads data
describing the surface from a file. The points may have path variables (variables that are
only defined on the Surface) associated with them. For details of the required format for
a surface data file, see Surface Data Format (p. 36). Click the browse icon to open an
Import window and browse to the surface data file. You can alternatively type the path
and file name into the Input File box.

Surface Data Format


When the From File method is selected, an external file must exist which defines the
surface. A set of surfaces can be defined in a simple text file with the following format.
## Comment line - optional.
## List of path variables
# <varName1>
# <varName2>
# ...
## List of point locations with path variable values
## Each line in the following list is numbered 0,1,2...
<X> <Y> <Z> <Var1Value> <Var2Value> ...
<X> <Y> <Z> <Var1Value> <Var2Value> ...
...
## Next line is a keyword that starts the definition of faces
# Faces
## List of 3 - 6 point numbers to define faces.
<Point0> <Point1> <Point2>
<Point1> <Point2> <Point3> <Point4> <Point5> <Point6>
...
Comments in the file are preceded by ## and can appear anywhere in the file. A single #
does NOT indicate a comment; words appearing after a single # are keywords such as Faces.
The start of the file should begin with a list of path variables (up to 256 characters, spaces
allowed). These are variables that are only defined on the user surface. Ensure that the
names of these variables do not conflict with the names of existing variables. There is no
need to define any path variables (if you just want to define the location of a user surface),
in which case the file begins with the point location values.
The point location list in X Y Z format follows the optional path variable list. You must also
include a value for each path variable that you have defined at the start of the file (if any).
Surfaces are defined by typing # Faces followed by lists of 3 (triangle) to 6 (hexagon) points
to define each surface. Each surface is automatically closed by connecting the last point to
Page 36 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Create Menu: User Defined Submenu
the first point. The list of point locations are numbered 0,1,2....n-1 where n is the number of
points in the list. When defining faces, use these numbers to reference the points in the
point location list. The faces specification is NOT optional.
Blank lines are ignored and can appear anywhere in the file.
The following example defines one quadrilateral face with two path variables at each point
of the face:
# Time
# MyVar
1 1 1 1.2 500
1 2 1 2.1 200
2 2 1 3.4 300
2 1 1 4.65 400
# Faces
0 1 2 3

User Surface: See Color Tab (p. 7 in "ANSYS TurboGrid User’s Guide") for details.
Color Tab

User Surface: See Render Tab (p. 9 in "ANSYS TurboGrid User’s Guide") for details.
Render Tab

Surface Groups Surface groups are produced automatically when a mesh is generated. They are found in the
3D Mesh branch of the object selector. Each surface group shows a surface of the mesh. The
available surface groups vary according to the number of blades and types of leading and
trailing edges. A representative list follows:
• HUB, SHROUD
• [blade name] LOWBLADE, [bladename] HIGHBLADE
If there is one blade in the blade set, then the surface groups LOWBLADE and HIGHBLADE
will be available after generating a mesh. If there are two or more blades in the blade set,
the surface group names start with the blade name. For example, if there are two blades
named Main and Splitter, then surface groups Main LOWBLADE, Main HIGHBLADE,
Splitter LOWBLADE and Splitter HIGHBLADE will be available after generating a
mesh.
• [blade name] BLADE LE, [blade name] BLADE TE
If there is one blade in the blade set, then the surface groups BLADE TE and BLADE LE
will be available, as applicable, after generating a mesh. These surface groups are
applicable only for cut-off or square leading/trailing edges. If there are two or more
blades in the blade set, the surface group names start with the blade name. For example,
if there are two blades named Main and Splitter, and the trailing edge of Main is
cut-off, and the leading and trailing edges of Splitter are cut-off, then surface groups
Main BLADE TE, Splitter BLADE LE and Splitter BLADE TE will be available after
generating a mesh.
• LOWPERIODIC, HIGHPERIODIC
• INLET, OUTLET
“LOW” refers to low Theta value and “HIGH” refers to high Theta value.
A visibility check box next to each surface group allows you to control which are displayed.
Besides the visibility, you may also change the color and render properties for each surface
group.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 37
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Create Menu: User Defined Submenu
Surface Group: Definition Tab
You may view the Domains and Locations information on the Definition tab.

Surface Group: Color Tab


See Color Tab (p. 7 in "ANSYS TurboGrid User’s Guide") for details.

Surface Group: Render Tab


See Render Tab (p. 9 in "ANSYS TurboGrid User’s Guide") for details.

Contour Command
A contour plot is a series of lines linking points with equal values of a given variable. For
example, contours of height exist on geographical maps and give an impression of gradient
and land shape. To create a contour, select Create > User Defined > Contour from the main
menu.

Contour Plot: Domains


Definition Tab Select the domain(s) in which the contour object will exist.

Locations

Select the locator(s) on which to plot the contours. To select multiple locators, click the
icon, hold down <Ctrl>, and select each locator.

Variable
Choose the plot variable for the contour plot.

Range
Set Range to one of the available methods for defining the range of the contour plot. This
affects the variation of color used when plotting the contours in the Viewer. The lowest
values of a variable in the selected range are shown in blue in the viewer, the highest values
are shown in red.
• Global uses the range of the variable over all domains (regardless of the domains
selected on the Geometry tab) to determine the minimum and maximum values for the
contours.
• Local uses the range of the variable over the selected locator(s) to determine the
minimum and maximum values for the contours.
• Using User Specified, enter the minimum and maximum values for the contours. Type
in the variable values, set them using the embedded slider or, by clicking Enter
Expression to the right of the Units box, enter them as an expression.
• Using Value List, a list separated by commas, specify the actual values at which
contours should be plotted. For example, if plotting minimum face angle, try a value list
of 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 degrees. It should be noted that entering a value list overrides
the number specified in the # of Contours box (see below).

Page 38 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Create Menu: User Defined Submenu
Hybrid/Conservative
The option of using hybrid or conservative values is available. Unless you are
post-processing CFD results using ANSYS TurboGrid, this option can be ignored. For details,
see Hybrid and Conservative Variable Values (p. 59).

Number of Contours
Set the # of Contours to appear in the plot. This is the number of bands plus one.

Contour Plot: The Show Numbers check box determines whether numbers corresponding to the number
Labels Tab of contours are displayed on the plot. To view the values of the plotted variable at each
contour, create a legend of the contour plot. See Legend Command (p. 40) for more details.
To change the size of the text that appears on the contour plot, type a new value into the
Text Height box or use the embedded slider (which has a maximum value of 1 and a
minimum value of 0). The text height number is a fraction of the viewer height. Text Font

controls the font that appears on the contour plot. To change the text color, click the
icon and choose a color from the Select Color dialog box.

Contour Plot: See Render Tab (p. 9 in "ANSYS TurboGrid User’s Guide") for details.
Render Tab
Note: When the Draw Faces check box is checked, the area between contour lines is shaded
with a color that corresponds to a value midway between the upper and lower contour line
value. For example, for a contour line at 1000 Pa and a contour line at 1200 Pa, the shaded
area has a color that corresponds to 1100 Pa. If you have created a legend for the contour
plot, the legend adopts flat shading between 2 contour levels. By referring to the legend,
the variable values can quickly be associated with the shaded regions of the plot.

Note: To view the contour lines as a single color, check the Constant Coloring check box,

and click to open the Select Color dialog box.

Instance Transform Command


Due to rotational symmetry, only one blade passage needs to be meshed, reducing
computing cost and time. Instance transforms are used to replicate sections of the
computational domain in the viewer window for viewing purposes. For example, you may
use a rotational transform to copy a blade passage to produce a plot of an entire rotor or
stator, or a fraction thereof. However, for most purposes, it is sufficient to make use of the
special toolbar icons dedicated to viewing 1, 2, or all instances ( , , and
respectively). Instance transforms are more flexible than these special toolbar icons in that
they can be applied to single objects rather than to only all (qualified) objects at the same
time.
To create an instance transform, select Create > User Defined > Instance Transform from
the main menu.

Instance Note: In this release of ANSYS TurboGrid, instancing is purely visual. This means that
Transform: quantitative calculations can only be carried out for the original geometry.
Definition Tab

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 39
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Create Menu: User Defined Submenu
Number of Copies
The number of copies is the amount of times the domain is replicated in the viewer window.
Type in the value, increase or decrease the value by 1 by clicking or respectively, or use
the embedded slider (which has a maximum value of 1000 and a minimum value of 1).
To see the whole rotating machine, the number of copies must equal the number of
bladesets, as defined in the Machine Data object.

CCL Editing
If you edit an instance transform in the Command Editor dialog box, changes to settings,
other than Number of Copies, will be lost the next time the Apply button is clicked in the
instance transform editor. This happens because the instance transform editor overwrites
all of the ccl parameters, except Number of Copies, with the values stored in the default
instance transform object.

Legend Command
A legend can be created for any object which plots a variable. The legend gives an
approximate quantitative value to the colors representing the variable on a locator. To
create a legend, select Create > User Defined > Legend from the main menu.

Legend: Plot
Definition Tab Set Plot to the object for which to create a legend.

Note: Any existing Object can be selected, but if there is not a variable for which to create a
Legend, one is not created.

Location
The exact position of the legend can be controlled using the Location box. Set the X or Y
Justification to Left, Center, Right, or None. If None is selected, type in the position values
or use the embedded sliders (which have a maximum value of 1 and a minimum value of 0).
The position values represent a fraction of the viewer width from the left side for X Position,
or a fraction of the viewer height from the bottom for Y Position. The position entered is the
bottom-left corner of the legend.

Legend: Sizing Parameters


Appearance Tab The size of the legend can be set as a fraction of the viewer window height. Increasing the
size increases both the height and width of the legend. Type in the size value or use the
embedded slider (which has a maximum value of 1 and a minimum value of 0).
The aspect of the legend controls the width of the color range bar displayed in the legend.
Type in the aspect value or use the embedded slider (which has a maximum value of 0.2 and
a minimum value of 0).

Text Parameters
The precision controls the number of digits after the decimal displayed on the legend. Set
Precision to a format of either Scientific or Fixed.

Page 40 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Create Menu: User Defined Submenu
Value Ticks determines the number of graduations (with labels) displayed on the legend.
For example, for a scale ranging from 0 to 10, setting 3 Ticks produces graduations at 0, 5
and 10. For a contour plot, each number assigned to a contour line is displayed on the
legend along with its associated variable value. The Value Ticks box is unavailable for a
contour plot.

Text Command
Text can be added to the viewer, for annotation or comments for example. To create text,
select Create > User Defined > Text from the main menu.

Text: Definition Location


Tab Set Position Mode to one of the available methods for defining the location of the text.
• Using Two Coords, position the text at a fixed location in the Viewer. Set the X or Y
Justification to Left, Center, Right, or None. If None is selected, type in the position
values or use the embedded sliders (which have a maximum value of 1 and a minimum
value of 0). The position values represent a fraction of the viewer width from the left side
for X Position, or a fraction of the viewer height from the bottom for Y Position. The
position entered is the bottom, left corner of the Text.
• Using Three Coords, position the text using Cartesian coordinates attached to the
geometry. The text rotates and translates with the geometry, but always faces forward
so it is readable in the Viewer. The X, Y, and Z coordinates are required to set the text
location. Type in the position values or use the embedded sliders. Type in the rotation
value, set it using the embedded slider (which has a maximum value of 360 and a
minimum value of 0) or, by clicking Enter Expression to the right of the Rotation
option and entering an expression. A rotation angle of 0 positions the text horizontally;
a positive angle is measured counter-clockwise from that position.

Text: Text Properties


Appearance Tab Type in the text height or use the embedded slider (which has a maximum value of 1 and a
minimum value of 0).

To change the text color, click the icon to the right of the Color option and select one
of the available colors.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 41
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Create Menu: User Defined Submenu

New Command
To create any new object, select Create > User Defined > New from the main menu. The
New object dialog box is displayed.

Either accept the default name or type a new one for the object. The name should be
different from any current object of the same type to avoid overwriting the existing object.
ANSYS TurboGrid does not allow the creation of objects with the same name but different
types.
Click OK or press <Enter> to open the relevant object editor. The object does not exist in the
database until you click Apply on the object editor.

Page 42 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Display Menu
• Introduction (p. 43)
• Display One Instance Command (p. 43)
• Display Two Instances Command (p. 44)
• Display All Instances Command (p. 44)
• Hide/Unhide Geometry Objects Commands (p. 44)
• Hide/Unhide Layers Commands (p. 44)
• Hide/Unhide Mesh Objects Commands (p. 44)
• Blade-to-Blade View Submenu (p. 45)

Introduction
The Display Menu options are also available from a toolbar located above the viewer.

Display One Instance Hide All Mesh

Display Two Instances Hide All Layers

Display All Instances Hide All Geometry

Display One Instance Command


The default setting, Display One Instance, will show one passage of the geometry in the
viewer. Since only one instance must be solved, displaying only one instance will allow
ANSYS TurboGrid to work more quickly as less rendering is required.
For further information, see Instance Transform Command (p. 39).

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide


ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Page 43
Display Menu: Display Two Instances Command

Display Two Instances Command


When Display Two Instances is set, two passages of the geometry are shown in the viewer.
This can give a better idea of the full machine without having ANSYS TurboGrid slowed by
rendering the full machine.
For further information, see Instance Transform Command (p. 39).

Note: When working with two instances displayed, it is important to know that topology
changes, such as the movement of master control points, can only be done on the original
instance, and not the second one displayed.

Display All Instances Command


When Display All Instances is set, the full machine is shown in the viewer. This setting
shows the full geometry and the mesh can be seen on the entire geometry. It is not
recommended to work in this setting as the constant rendering of the full machine will slow
down processing speed.
For further information, see Instance Transform Command (p. 39).

Hide/Unhide Geometry Objects Commands


Select Hide Geometry Objects to turn off the visibility of all geometry objects (i.e., hub,
shroud, blade, etc.) and give a clear view of the remaining objects. Select
Unhide Geometry Objects to do the opposite.

Hide/Unhide Layers Commands


Select Hide Layers to turn off the visibility of all of the layers. This is much more efficient
than turning off the visibility for each individual layer in the object selector. Select
Unhide Layers to do the opposite.

Hide/Unhide Mesh Objects Commands


Select Hide Mesh Objects to turn off the visibility of the 3D Mesh objects. This can be useful
for viewing the geometry after a mesh has been created. Select Unhide Mesh Objects to do
the opposite.

Page 44 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Display Menu: Blade-to-Blade View Submenu

Blade-to-Blade View Submenu


The Blade-to-Blade View submenu contains commands that affect the way in which the
blade-to-blade coordinates are calculated. This can affect the accuracy of the representation
of the mesh when viewed in blade-to-blade coordinates.
The commands are:
• Use Default Transform
The Use Default Transform command chooses the transform method automatically by
effectively choosing either the Use Full Transform command or the Use Passage
Transform command.
• Use Full Transform
The Use Full Transform command causes the blade-to-blade coordinates to be
calculated using the complete hub and shroud curves.
• Use Passage Transform
The Use Passage Transform command causes the blade-to-blade coordinates to be
calculated using the portion of the hub and shroud curves that fall within the passage
mesh, truncated at the inlet and outlet (i.e., excluding the portions of the hub and
shroud curves that lie within the inlet and outlet mesh blocks).
• Use Passage Excluding Tip Transform
The Use Passage Excluding Tip Transform command is similar to the Use Passage
Transform command, except that the tip regions are excluded in the spanwise
direction. For example, if a blade has no hub tip and a profile-based shroud tip, the
blade-to-blade coordinates are calculated using the portion of the hub curve that falls
within the passage and the profile curve at the shroud tip. This transform may be best if
the hub/shroud tip is defined by a profile that varies significantly from a constant span
when viewed in the other transforms.
The type of transform that is most suitable depends on the blade geometry.
The passage transform and passage excluding tip transform are not available until the
topology has been created. When either one of these transforms is used, directly or
indirectly (When the Use Default Transform command is used, it can automatically choose
to use a passage transform.), geometry objects do not appear in the blade-to-blade view.
Any mesh objects that exist outside the selected transform may appear distorted in the
blade-to-blade views.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 45
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Display Menu: Blade-to-Blade View Submenu

Page 46 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Viewer
• Introduction (p. 47)
• Viewer Toolbar (p. 47)
• Viewer Hotkeys (p. 48)
• Multiple Viewports (p. 49)
• Selecting and Dragging Objects while in Viewing Mode (p. 50)

Introduction
The viewer in ANSYS TurboGrid plays a central role in the mesh creation process. Its
interactive interface, including the mouse, toolbars and hotkeys, allows you to inspect and
alter your work.
The viewer toolbar and hotkeys are described in this chapter. Mouse controls are described
in Viewer Setup: Mouse Mapping (p. 20).

Viewer Toolbar
The viewer has the following tools:

Tool Description
Makes one of the following 3 picking tools active.

This tool can be used to select objects or drag certain objects to new
locations, using the mouse.
When a number of objects overlap, the one closest to the camera is
picked. The text at the bottom of the viewer window shows which
object would be picked at the mouse’s current location. If you
cannot pick the object you want because other objects overlap it,
turn off the visibility of the overlapping objects, or adjust the camera
to make it possible to pick the object.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide


ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Page 47
Viewer: Viewer Hotkeys

Tool Description
Selects objects using a box. Drag a box around the object(s) you
want to select.
Selects objects using an enclosed polygon. Click to drop points
around the object(s). Double-click to complete the selection.
Rotates the view by dragging the mouse.

Pans the view by dragging the mouse.

Adjusts the zoom level by dragging the mouse vertically.

Zooms to the area enclosed in a box that you create by dragging


with the mouse.
Centers all visible objects in the viewer.

Toggles highlighting. Highlighting makes it easier to select the


correct object from the viewer. While in picking mode, highlighting
puts a red box around the object which would be selected at the
mouse’s current location.
Selects the viewport arrangement; by default, each view displays a
different transform. Independent zoom, rotation, and translate
options can be carried out in each viewport.

Sets which transform is applied to the geometry and how it is


displayed in the viewer.
Displays the Viewer Key Mapping window.

Viewer Hotkeys
A number of hotkeys are available to carry out common viewer tasks. Before using a viewer
hotkey, place the mouse focus on the viewer window.

Key Action
<Space> Toggle between picking and viewing mode
<Up>, <Down>, <Left>, Rotate about horizontal and vertical axes
<Right>
<Ctrl> + up/down Rotate about an axis normal to the screen
arrow keys
<Shift> + arrow keys Move light

Page 48 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Viewer: Multiple Viewports

Key Action
<Ctrl> + <Shift> When in viewing mode, you can hold <Ctrl>+<Shift> to select
objects in the viewer. Releasing <Ctrl>+<Shift> returns you to
viewing mode.
1 One viewport
2 Two viewports
3 Three viewports
4 Four viewports
c Center the graphic object in the viewer window
n Toggle projection between orthographic and perspective
r Reset view to initial orientation
u Undo transformation
U Redo transformation
x Set view down +X axis
X Set view down -X axis
y Set view down +Y axis
Y Set view down -Y axis
z Set view down +Z axis
Z Set view down -Z axis

Multiple Viewports
Initially the viewer contains one single viewport. The viewer can be divided into more than
one window or multiple viewports, ranging from one to four.
By default, the viewer shows the current objects in a 3D Cartesian view.

The currently active viewport layout is shown in the box to the right of the Highlighting
icon on the viewer toolbar. Click to the right of the current viewport layout picture to
select a new viewport layout from the drop-down list on the viewer toolbar.

Change the active viewport by placing the mouse pointer over a viewport and clicking with
any of the three mouse buttons. The viewport that contains the mouse pointer is then set as
the active viewport.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 49
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Viewer: Selecting and Dragging Objects while in Viewing Mode
Mouse-controlled transformations are applied automatically to the viewport which
contains the mouse pointer. When the transformation is complete the viewport also
becomes the active viewport.
Hardcopy plots (postscript or other image file formats) always show all visible viewports in
the viewer (a verbatim copy of the viewer window).
If the viewer consists of four viewports, each with object(s), and the viewport layout is
changed to have less than four viewports, the graphic in the now “hidden” viewports
remains intact, but not visible. When the viewport layout returns to the former layout all
graphic objects are present, unchanged.
Each viewport has a default coordinate system.
• Viewport 1: Cartesian
• Viewport 2: 2D Blade-to-blade
• Viewport 3: 2D Meridional
• Viewport 4: 3D Turbo
You can change the coordinate system for each viewport by right-clicking on a blank area
in the viewer, and selecting one of the Transformation commands.

Note: If a viewport initially appears to be empty when it is used for the first time, try clicking
Fit View . This will center the objects and reset the zoom level.

Selecting, Adding, and Deleting Views


Each viewport can use any of the 4 pre-defined views or user-defined views. To switch
between views, use the drop-down menu in the upper-left corner of the viewport. To add a
new view based on the current state of the viewer, right-click in the viewer and select Create
New View from the shortcut menu. To delete an existing user-defined view, right-click in
the viewer and select Delete View while the view is selected.

Selecting and Dragging Objects while in Viewing Mode


Picking mode allows you to select and move objects, such as points, curves, and planes.

To enter picking mode, click New Selection . To leave picking mode (i.e., switch back to

viewing mode), click Rotate or Pan .


To temporarily enter picking mode when you are in viewing mode, hold <Ctrl>+<Shift>.
When you release the <Ctrl>+<Shift> keys, you will return to viewing mode.

Page 50 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Tools Menu
• Calculator Command (p. 51)
• Expressions Command (p. 56)
• Variables Command (p. 57)
• Command Editor Command (p. 59)

Calculator Command
The built-in calculator provides quantitative information about the geometry and mesh. To
view the calculator, select Tools > Calculator from the main menu. The
Function Calculator dialog box is displayed.

Note: In this release of ANSYS TurboGrid, quantitative calculations can only be carried out
for the original geometry. Any applied instance transforms are purely visual and do not
affect the calculation results.

Function Calculator Dialog Box


Function Click to select a function from the drop-down list. The table below outlines the available
quantitative functions.

Function Name Operation


area (p. 52) Area of location
areaAve (p. 52) Area-weighted average
areaInt (p. 52) Area-weighted integral (can be projected to a direction)
ave (p. 53) Arithmetic average
count (p. 53) Number of calculation points
length (p. 53) Length of a curve
lengthAve (p. 53) Length-weighted average
lengthInt (p. 54) Length-weighted integration
maxVal (p. 54) Maximum Value

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide


ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Page 51
Tools Menu: Calculator Command

Function Name Operation


minVal (p. 54) Minimum Value
probe (p. 54) Value at a point
sum (p. 54) Sum over the calculation points
volume (p. 54) Volume of a 3-D location
volumeAve (p. 55) Volume-weighted average
volumeInt (p. 55) Volume-weighted integral

area
The area function is used to calculate the area of a 2-D location. The following example
demonstrates use of the function.
• Function: area, Location: Plane1.
This example calculates the total area of the locator Plane1.

areaAve
The areaAve function calculates the area-weighted average of an expression on a 2-D
location. The area-weighted average of a variable is the average value of the variable on a
location when the mesh element sizes are taken into account. Without the area weighting
function, the average of all the nodal variable values would be biased towards variable
values in regions of high mesh density. The following examples demonstrate use of the
Function.
• Function: areaAve, Location: Outlet, Variable: Velocity.
This example calculates the average magnitude of the velocity on the outlet location.
Note that flow direction is not considered since the magnitude of a vector quantity at
each node is calculated. Use the scalar components of velocity (e.g., Velocity u) to
include a directional sign, for example:
• Function: areaAve, Location: Outlet, Variable: max(Velocity u, 0.0[m s^-1]).
This example calculates the area-weighted average value of Velocity u, with negative
values of the variable replaced by zero. Note that this is not the average positive value
since zero values contribute to the average.

areaInt
The areaInt function integrates a variable over the specified 2-D location. To perform the
integration over the total face area, the None option should be selected from the Direction
drop-down list. If a direction is selected, the result is an integration over the projected area
of each face onto a plane normal to that direction. Each point on a location has an associated
area which is stored as a vector and therefore has direction. By selecting a direction in the
calculator you are using only a single component of the vector in the area-weighting
function. Since these components can be positive or negative, depending on the direction
of the normal on the location, it is possible for areas to cancel out. An example of this would
be on a closed surface where the projected area is always zero (the results returned are not
in general zero since the variable values differ over the closed surface). On a flat surface the
normal vectors always point in the same direction and never cancel out. The following
examples demonstrate use of the function.

Page 52 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Tools Menu: Calculator Command
• Function: areaInt, Location: Plane1, Variable: Pressure, Direction: None
This example integrates pressure over Plane1. The result returned is the total pressure
force acting on Plane1. The magnitude of each area vector is used and so the direction
of the vectors is not considered.
• Function: areaInt, Location: Plane1, Variable: Pressure, Direction: Global X.
This example integrates pressure over the projected area of Plane1 onto a plane normal
to the X-axis. The result is the pressure force acting in the X-direction on Plane1. This
differs slightly from using the force function to calculate the X-directional force on
Plane1 — the force function includes forces due to the advection of momentum when
calculating the force on an internal arbitrary plane or a non-wall boundary (inlets etc.).

ave
The ave function calculates the arithmetic average (the mean value) of a variable or
expression on the specified location. This is the sum of the values at each node on the
location divided by the number of nodes. Results are biased towards areas of high nodal
density on the location. To obtain a mesh-independent result, use the lengthAve, areaAve,
volumeAve or massFlowAve functions. The following example demonstrates use of the
function.
The average of a vector value is calculated as an average of its magnitudes, not the
v1 + v2
magnitude of component averages. As an example, for velocity, v ave = ----------------------
2
2 2 2
where v i = ( v xi + v yi + v zi )
• Function: ave, Location: MainDomain, Variable: Temperature.
This example calculates the mean temperature at all nodes in the selected domain.

count
The count function returns the number of nodes on the specified location. The following
example demonstrates use of the function.
• Function: count, Location: MainDomain.
This example returns the number of nodes in the specified domain.

length
Computes the length of the specified line as the sum of the distances between the points
making up the line. The following example demonstrates use of the function.
• Function: length, Location: Polyline1.
Calculates the length of the Polyline.

lengthAve
Computes the length-based average of the variable on the specified line. This is the 1-D
equivalent of the areaAve function. The result is independent of the nodal distribution
along the line since a weighting function assigns a higher weighting to areas of sparse nodal
density. The following example demonstrates use of the function.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 53
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Tools Menu: Calculator Command
• Function: lengthAve, Location: Polyline1, Variable: Velocity.
This calculates the average velocity on the location Polyline1 using a length-based
weighting function to account for the distribution of points along the line.

lengthInt
Computes the length-based integral of the variable on the specified line. This is the 1-D
equivalent of the areaInt function. The following example demonstrates use of the function.

maxVal
Returns the maximum value of the specified variable on the specified locator. Create a user
variable if you want to find the maximum value of an expression. The following example
demonstrates use of the function.
• Function: maxVal, Location: Default, Variable: Yplus.
This returns the maximum Yplus value on the Default wall boundaries.

minVal
Returns the minimum value of the specified variable on the specified locator. Create a user
variable if you want to find the minimum value of an expression. The following example
demonstrates use of the function.
• Function: minVal, Location: MainDomain, Variable: Temperature.
These settings return the minimum temperature in the domain.

probe
Returns the value of the specified variable on the specified point object. The following
example demonstrates use of the function.
• Function: probe, Location: Point1, Variable: Density.
Returns the density value at Point1.
Important: This calculation should only be performed for point locators described by single
points. Incorrect solutions are produced for multiple point locators.

sum
Computes the sum of the specified variable values at each point on the specified location.
The following example demonstrates use of the function.
• Function: sum, Location: SubDomain1, Variable: Volume of Finite Volume.
Returns the sum of the finite volumes assigned to each node in the location
SubDomain1. In this case this sums to the volume of the subdomain.

volume
The volume function is used to calculate the volume of a 3-D location. The following
example demonstrates use of the function.
• Function: volume, Location: Volume1.
Returns the sum of the volumes of each mesh element included in the location Volume1.

Page 54 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Tools Menu: Calculator Command
volumeAve
The volumeAve function calculates the volume-weighted average of an expression on a 3-D
location. This is the 3-D equivalent of the areaAve function. The volume-weighted average
of a variable is the average value of the variable on a location weighted by the volume
assigned to each point on a location. Without the volume weighting function, the average
of all the nodal variable values would be biased towards values in regions of high mesh
density. The following example demonstrates use of the function.
• Function: volumeAve, Location: Volume1, Variable: Density.
This example calculates the volume-weighted average value of density in the region
enclosed by the location Volume1.

volumeInt
The volumeInt function integrates the specified variable over the volume location. This is
the 3-D equivalent of the areaInt function. The following example demonstrates use of the
function.
• Function: volumeInt, Location: Volume1, Variable: Density.
This calculates the integral of density (the total mass) in Volume1.

Location Click to select a location from the drop-down list. Only locations valid for the selected
function are available.

Variable Click to select a variable from the drop-down list. Only variables valid for the selected
function are available.
For most functions, click in the Variable box and enter an expression to use as the variable.
The expression can include other variables and any valid CEL (CFX Expression Language)
function (see CEL Functions, Constants and System Variables (p. 69)). For example,
abs(Velocity u) could be entered so that the calculation is performed using the absolute
values of the variable Velocity u.

Direction The areaInt function requires a direction to be specified before the calculation can be
performed. The areaInt function projects the location onto a plane normal to the specified
direction (if the direction is not set to None), and then performs the calculation on the
projected location (direction specification can also be None). The direction of the normal
vectors for the location is important and cancels out for surfaces such as closed surfaces.

Hybrid and In ANSYS TurboGrid there is no difference between hybrid and conservative variables.
Conservative Leave all controls for selecting between them at their default values.
Variables

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 55
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Tools Menu: Expressions Command

Expressions Command
The expression editor is used to create new expressions and modify existing expressions in
ANSYS TurboGrid. ANSYS TurboGrid uses the created expressions to define object
properties, new variables or they can be used in place of any numeric value used in ANSYS
TurboGrid (as long as the correct units are returned by the expression).
To create or edit an expression, select Tools > Expressions from the main menu. The
Expression Editor dialog box is displayed.

Expression Editor Dialog Box


All icons become active when you select an expression from the Expression list.
Alternatively, you can right-click on an existing expression in the list to see the same
options. Each icon and its function is described in the following table.

Icon Description
New opens the New Expression dialog box where you can enter a name.

Edit displays the selected Expression in the Definition box where you can edit it.

Copy makes a duplicate of the selected expression and opens the New Expression
dialog box where you can enter a name for the copy.
Delete removes the selected expression from the list.

Evaluate determines the value of the selected expression if it does not contain
variables. The result is shown in the Value box.

When you click New to create a new expression, the New Expression dialog box is
displayed.

Name There are a few guidelines to follow when selecting an expression name.
• You cannot create an expression with the same name as an object.
• You cannot create an expression with the same name as a variable.
• Within the CFX Expression Language some variables are known by short names to save
typing in the full variable name. For example, p refers to Pressure. Although it is
possible to create an expression with the same name as an abbreviated variable, it is
ignored. For example, if you use an expression with the name p to define a variable, that
variable will return the value Pressure in all cases, regardless of your definition of the
expression.

Definition Enter the definition of a new expression or edit the definition of an existing expression. A list
of valid CEL expressions and constants can be found in CFX Expression Language (p. 68).

Page 56 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Tools Menu: Variables Command
Value The expression editor can also be used as a calculator to evaluate expressions without
variables. For example, 2+1. After the expression is created, select it from the expression list

and click the Evaluate icon to evaluate the expression. The result is displayed in the
Value box.

Expression In this example, an expression is created to define the distance of a point in the Y-Z plane
Editor Example from the X-axis.
1. Select Tools > Expressions from the main menu to open the expression editor.

2. Click the New icon to create a new expression. When the New Expression dialog
box appears enter the name radial and click OK.
3. In the Definition box enter the expression sqrt(Y^2+Z^2).
4. Click Apply to create the expression.
This expression is used in the next example; see Variable Editor Example (p. 59).

Note: You cannot use a user variable to define an expression.

Further Expressions
After completing the variable editor example, try modifying this expression. Try
sqrt(X^2+Z^2) to define a distance from the Y-axis or sqrt(X^2+Y^2+Z^2) to define a
sphere. Try moving the location of the sphere by adding values to the X, Y or Z components.
For example sqrt(X^2+Y^2+(Z-0.5[m])^2) moves the sphere a distance of 0.5 m in the
positive Z direction.

Note: Always provide units inside square brackets for constant values entered into an
expression.

Variables Command
The variable editor is used to create new user variables and modify existing variables in
ANSYS TurboGrid.
To create or edit a variable, select Tools > Variables from the main menu. The
Variable Editor dialog box is displayed.

Variable Editor Dialog Box


All icons become active when you select a variable from the Variable list. Alternatively, you
can right-click on an existing variable in the list to see the same options. Each icon and its
function is described in the following table.

Icon Description
New opens the New Variable dialog box where you can enter a name.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 57
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Tools Menu: Variables Command

Icon Description
Edit displays the selected Variable in the Expression and/or Units box
where you can edit it.
Copy makes a duplicate of the selected variable and opens the New Variable
dialog box where you can enter a name for the copy.
Delete removes the selected variable from the list.

Use Hybrid Values sets all variables to hybrid values.

Use Conservative Values sets all variables to conservative values.

When you click New to create a new variable, the New Variable dialog box is displayed.

Enter a name for the new

Click OK or press <Enter> to set

Name There are a few guidelines to follow when selecting a variable name.
• You cannot create a variable with the same name as an object.
• You cannot create a variable with the same name as an expression. For example, if you
have an expression named Radius, you must choose a different variable name for that
expression.
• Within the CFX Expression Language some variables are known by short names to save
typing in the full variable name. For example, p refers to Pressure. Although it is
possible to create a variable with the same name as an abbreviated variable, it is
ignored. For example, if you use a variable with the name p in an expression, it returns
the value Pressure in all cases, no matter what the definition of the variable is.

Type Click Edit to edit both the fundamental and user variables. Select the expression used
to define the variable from a list of existing expressions for user variables. The expressions
available from this list are those which you have created in the expression editor. For details,
see Expressions Command (p. 56).

For fundamental variables, the units are changeable. Click next to the Units box to see
the available units for the selected variable. This means, for example, that you could create
a legend which uses alternative angle units (such as degrees or radians) by clicking on the
icon and selecting new units.

Note: These settings override the global units setting, defined in the Edit Menu. For details,
see Options Command (p. 18).
The variable type used affects all quantitative calculations and plots in ANSYS TurboGrid.

Page 58 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Tools Menu: Command Editor Command
Hybrid and This is useful only for advanced post-processing and is not relevant for ANSYS TurboGrid. It
Conservative is included to maintain consistency with other CFX products. Please refer to the CFX-Post
Variable Values
documentation for more information on the differences between hybrid and conservative
variable values.

Variable Editor In this example, an Isosurface which has a fixed radial distance from an axis or point is
Example created using the expression defined in the previous example. For details, see Expression
Editor Example (p. 57).
1. Select Tools > Variables from the main menu to open the variable editor.

2. Click New to create a new variable. When the New Variable dialog box appears
enter the name Radial Distance and click OK.
3. In the variable editor, use the Expression drop-down list to select the expression radial
which you created earlier. Click Apply to create the new variable.
This variable now appears in the list of available variables and can be used like any other
variable. Notice that the variable type is listed as User.
You can now create an isosurface using this variable. For details, see Isosurface Command
(p. 34).
1. Select Create > User Defined > Isosurface from the main menu, enter a name, then
click OK on the New Isosurface dialog box.
2. In the Geometry tab for the isosurface set Variable to Radial Distance.
3. Set Value to 20 m. This is a suitable value for the Rotor 37 geometry used in Tutorial 1.
You may need to alter this value to something more sensible depending on the
geometry you are viewing.
4. Click the Color tab and set Mode to Variable.
5. Select a sensible variable (e.g., Maximum Face Angle or Axial Distance) with which
to color the isosurface.
6. Set Range to Local so that the full color range is used on the isosurface.
7. Click Apply to create the isosurface object.
You should now see the isosurface in the viewer. All points on the isosurface are a distance
of 20 m (or whatever value you used in the Value box) from the X-axis. Some other
expressions to try are given in Further Expressions (p. 57).

Command Editor Command


The Command Editor dialog box can be used to create or modify any of the objects in
ANSYS TurboGrid using the CFX Command Language. For further details, see CFX
Command Language (p. 63).
Power Syntax can be entered and processed in the Command Editor dialog box. For details,
see Power Syntax (p. 85). Power Syntax commands should be proceeded by the ! symbol.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 59
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Tools Menu: Command Editor Command
In addition, any valid CCL command can be typed and processed in the Command Editor
dialog box. For details, see Command Actions (p. 71). Action Commands should be
preceded by the > symbol.
To create an object using CCL, select Tools > Command Editor from the main menu. The
Command Editor dialog box is displayed.
To edit an existing object using CCL, right-click the object in the object selector and select
Edit in Command Editor from the shortcut menu. The CCL definition of that object is
automatically displayed and can be edited to alter the object properties.
You can access the following basic editing tools by right-clicking in the Command Editor
dialog box:
• Undo
Undoes the last edit action.
• Redo
Redoes the most recently undone edit action.
• Cut
Cuts the selected text and places it on a clipboard.
• Copy
Places the selected text on a clipboard.
• Paste
Pastes the clipboard text at the insertion point, or replaces the selection.
• Clear
Clears all of the contents of the Command Editor dialog box.
• Select All
Selects all of the contents of the Command Editor dialog box.
• Find
Makes a search tool appear at the bottom of the Command Editor dialog box. Enter a
search term and click either Next or Previous to search upwards or downwards from
the insertion point or text selection. To hide the search tool, press <Esc>.

Page 60 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Help Menu
• On ANSYS TurboGrid Command (p. 61)
• Master Contents Command (p. 61)
• Master Index Command (p. 61)
• Tutorials Command (p. 62)
• Search Command (p. 62)
• Installation and Licensing Command (p. 62)
• About ANSYS TurboGrid Command (p. 62)
• About ICEM CFD Command (p. 62)
• About Qt Command (p. 62)
• Help on Help Command (p. 62)

On ANSYS TurboGrid Command


Click Help > On ANSYS TurboGrid to view the introductory documentation. This includes
the new features for ANSYS TurboGrid.

Master Contents Command


The Master Contents command shows a table of contents for all of the online ANSYS
TurboGrid documentation.

Master Index Command


The Master Index command shows how to access the index for the ANSYS TurboGrid
documentation.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide


ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Page 61
Help Menu: Tutorials Command

Tutorials Command
The Tutorials command provides access to the ANSYS TurboGrid tutorials.

Search Command
The Search command shows how to access the search feature for the ANSYS TurboGrid
online documentation.

Installation and Licensing Command


Opens the installation and licensing documentation.

About ANSYS TurboGrid Command


The About ANSYS TurboGrid command describes the purpose of ANSYS TurboGrid, shows
the version number, and provides an internet address.

About ICEM CFD Command


The About ICEM CFD command describes ICEM CFD, shows the version number, and
provides an internet address.

About Qt Command
The About Qt command describes the purpose, shows the version number, and provides
an internet address.

Help on Help Command


The Help on Help command provides additional information about ANSYS TurboGrid help
and how to access it.

Page 62 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
CFX Command Language
• Introduction (p. 63)
• CCL Syntax (p. 64)
• Object Creation and Deletion (p. 67)
• CFX Expression Language (p. 68)

Introduction
The CFX Command Language (CCL) is the internal communication and command language
of ANSYS TurboGrid. It is a simple language that can be used to create objects or perform
actions in the Post-processor. All CCL statements can be classified into one of three
categories.
1. Object and parameter definitions: CCL object and parameter definitions can be used to
create or delete objects. For details, see Object Creation and Deletion (p. 67). A list of all
objects and parameters that can be used in ANSYS TurboGrid is available in the CCL
details chapter in the reference guide.
2. Actions: CCL actions are commands which perform a specific task (e.g., reading a Session
file). For details, see Command Actions (p. 71).
3. Power Syntax: Using the Perl programming language, CCL supports programming
through Power Syntax with loops, logic and custom macros (subroutines). With Power
Syntax, Perl commands can be embedded into CCL to achieve powerful quantitative
results. For details, see Power Syntax (p. 85).
State and session files contain object definitions in CCL. In addition, session files can contain
CCL action commands. The CCL written to these files can be viewed and modified in a text
editor. You can also use a text editor to create your own session and state files to read into
ANSYS TurboGrid.
Advanced users can interact with ANSYS TurboGrid directly through CCL by entering it in
the Command Editor dialog box or by running ANSYS TurboGrid in line interface mode. See
Command Editor Command (p. 59) and Line Interface Mode (p. 89) for details.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide


ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Page 63
CFX Command Language: CCL Syntax

CCL Syntax
The topic(s) in this section include:
• Basic Terminology (p. 64)
• Simple Syntax Details (p. 64)

Basic Terminology
The following is an example of a CCL object defining an isosurface.
USER DEFINED:
ISOSURFACE: Iso1
Variable = Minimum Face Angle
Value = 10 [degree]
Color = 1,0,0
Transparency = 0.5
END
END
• ISOSURFACE and USER DEFINED are object types
• Iso1 is an object name
• Variable = Minimum Face Angle is a parameter
• Variable is a parameter name
• Minimum Face Angle is a parameter value
• If the object type ISOSURFACE does not need a name it is called a singleton object. Only
one object of a given singleton type can exist.

The Data Data is entered via parameters. These are grouped into objects which are stored in a tree
Hierarchy structure. Objects may be at the ‘Top Level’, or within other objects. Objects inside other
objects are said to be ‘nested’.
OBJECT1: outer object name
OBJECT2: inner object name
name1 = value
name2 = value
END
Objects and parameters may be placed in any order, provided that the information is set
prior to being used further down the file. If data is set in one place and modified in another
the latter definition overrides the first.

Simple Syntax Details


The following applies to any line that is not a Power Syntax (or action) line. (That is, any line
that does not start with a ! or >.)

Case Sensitivity Everything in the file is sensitive to case.


Case sensitivity is not ideal for users typing in many long parameter names, but it is essential
for bringing the CFX Expression Language (CEL) into CCL. This is because some names used
to define CCL objects (such as Machine Data) are used to construct corresponding CEL
names.
For simplicity and consistency, we recommend the following convention is used in the
standard code and its documentation:

Page 64 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
CFX Command Language: CCL Syntax
• singletons and object types use upper case only
• parameter names, and pre-defined object names, are mixed case. We try to follow
these conventions:
• Major words start with an upper case letter, while minor words such as prepositions
and conjunctions are left in lower case (“Number of Blade Blocks”, for example).
• Case is preserved for familiar names (for variables “k” or “r”, or for abbreviation
“RNG”, for example).
• user object names conventions are left to the user to choose.

CCL Names Names of singletons, types of objects, names of objects, and names of parameters all follow
Definition the same rules:
• In simple syntax, a CCL name must be at least one character. This first character must be
alphabetic; there may be any number of subsequent characters and these can be
alphabetic, numeric, space or tab.
• The effect of spaces in CCL names is:
• Spaces appearing before or after a name are not considered to be part of the name.
• Single spaces appearing inside a name are significant.
• Multiple spaces and tabs appearing inside a name are treated as a single space.

Indentation Nothing in the file is sensitive to indentation. The indentation is used, however, when
displaying contents of the file for easier reading.

End of Line The # character is used for commenting. Any text to the right of this character is treated as
Comment a comment. Any characters may be used within comments.
Character

Continuation If a line ends with the character \ the following line is linked to the existing line. There is no
Character restriction on the number of continuation lines.

Named Objects A named object consists of an object type at the start of a line, followed by a : followed by
an object name. Subsequent lines may define parameters and child objects associated with
this object. The object definition is terminated by the string “END” on a line by itself.
Object names must be unique within the given scope, and the name must not contain an
underscore.

Singleton A singleton object consists of an object type at the start of a line, followed by a :.
Objects Subsequent lines may define parameters and child objects associated with this object. The
object definition is terminated by the string “END” on a line by itself.
The difference between a singleton object and a named object is that (after the data has
been processed), a singleton can appear just once as the child of a parent object, whereas
there may be several instances of a named object of the same type defined with different
names.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 65
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
CFX Command Language: CCL Syntax
Parameters A parameter consists of a parameter name at the start of a line, followed by an =, followed
by a parameter value. A parameter may belong to many different object types. For example
Transparency = 0.6 may belong to a hub geometry object and Transparency = 0.0
may belong to a volume mesh analysis object. Both refer to the same definition of
transparency in the rules file.

Lists Lists are used within the context of parameter values and are comma separated.

Parameter All parameter values are initially handled as data of type string, and should first of all
values conform to the following definition of permitted string values:

String
• Any characters can be used in a parameter value.
• String values or other parameter type values are normally unquoted. If any quotes are
present, they are considered part of the value. Leading and trailing spaces are ignored.
Internal spaces in parameter values are preserved as given, although a given application
is free to subsequently assume a space condensation rule when using the data.
• The characters $ and # have a special meaning. A string beginning with $ is evaluated as
a Power Syntax variable, even if it occurs within a simple syntax statement. This is useful
for performing more complex Power Syntax variable manipulation, and then using the
result as part of a parameter or object definition. The appearance of # anywhere in the
CCL file denotes the start of a comment.
• The characters such as [, ], { and } are special only if used in conjunction with $.
Following a $, such characters terminate the preceding Perl variable name.
• Other characters that might be special elsewhere in Power Syntax are escaped
automatically when they appear in parameter values. For example, @, % and & are
escaped automatically.
• Parameter values can contain commas, but if the string is processed as a list or part of a
list then the commas may be interpreted as separators (see below under list data types).
Some examples of valid parameter values using special characters in Power Syntax are:
Estimated cost = \$500
Title = Run\#1
Sys Command = "echo ’Starting up Stress solver’ ; fred.exe &"
Temporary = $myArray[4]
Option = $myHash{"foo"}
Fuel = C${numberCatoms}H${numberHatoms}
Parameter values for data types other than string additionally conform to one of the
following definitions.

String List
A list of string items separated by commas. Items in a string list should NOT contain a
comma unless contained between parentheses. One exception can be made if the string list
to be is interpreted as a Real List (see below). Otherwise each item in the string list follows
the same rules as string data. Example usage:
names = one, two, three, four

Page 66 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
CFX Command Language: Object Creation and Deletion
Integer
Sequence of digits containing no spaces or commas. If a real is specified when an integer is
needed the real is rounded to the nearest integer. Example usage:
b = 32

Integer List
List of integers, comma separated. Example usage:
numbers = 52, 65001, 2

Real
A single precision real number which may be specified in integer, floating point or scientific
format, followed optionally by a dimension. Units use the same syntax as CEL.
Expressions can include commas inside function call argument lists. Example usage:
a = 12.24
a = 1.224E01
a = 12.24 [m s^-1]
A real may also be specified as an Expression such as:
a = myvel^2 + b
a = max(b,2.0)

Real List
List of reals, comma separated. Note that all items in the list must have the same dimensions.
Those items which are expressions can include commas inside function call argument lists,
and the enclosed commas are ignored when the list is parsed into individual items. Example
usage:
a = 1.0 [m/s], 2.0 [m/s], 3.0 [m/s], 2.0*myvel, 4.0 [cm/s]

Logical
Several forms are acceptable: YES or TRUE or 1 or ON are all equivalent; NO or FALSE or 0 or
OFF are all equivalent; initial letter variants Y, T, N, F are accepted (O is not accepted for
On/Off); all case variants are accepted. The preferred form, recommended for GUI output
files and for user documentation is, Yes/No. Logical strings are also case insensitive (YeS/ nO).
Example usage:
answer = 1

Logical List
List of Logicals, comma separated. Example usage:
answers = oN, YES, 0, fALse, truE

Escape The \ character is used as an escape character so characters like $ or # can be used in strings,
Character for example.

Object Creation and Deletion


You can create objects in ANSYS TurboGrid by entering the CCL definition of the object into
the Command Editor dialog box, or by reading the object definition from a session or state
file. The object is created and any associated graphics shown in the viewer. For a list of valid
CCL objects, see the CCL details chapter in the reference guide.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 67
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
CFX Command Language: CFX Expression Language
You can modify an existing object by entering the object definition with the modified
parameter settings into the Command Editor dialog box. Only those parameters which are
to be changed need to be entered. All other parameters remain unchanged.
There may be a significant degree of interaction between objects in ANSYS TurboGrid. For
example, a contour plot may depend on the location of an underlying plane, or an
isosurface may depend on the definition of a CEL expression. If changes to one object affect
other objects, the other objects are updated automatically.
To delete an object, type >delete <ObjectPath>. If you delete an object that is used by
other objects, warnings result, but the object is deleted.
An object at the top level can be deleted by specifying its name. To delete a nested object
you must enter the path of the object you wish to delete. An object’s path has the syntax:
/parentObjType:parentObjName/.../objType:objName
Singletons must be specified in paths as
/SINGLETON:SINGLETON
e.g., to delete an isosurface you have created called Isosurface 1 enter
/USER DEFINED:USER DEFINED/ISOSURFACE:Isosurface 1

CFX Expression Language


The CFX Expression Language (CEL) is integrated into ANSYS TurboGrid. You can use an
expression defined with CEL in place of any number in ANSYS TurboGrid. Within ANSYS
TurboGrid you can:
• Create new expressions.
• Set any numeric parameter in a ANSYS TurboGrid object based on an expression (and
the object updates if the expression result changes).
• Create user-defined variables from expressions.
• Directly use the quantitative functions in an expression.
• Specify units as part of an expression.
All expressions are defined in the EXPRESSIONS singleton object. Each expression is a simple
name = expression statement within that object. New expressions are added by defining
new parameters within the EXPRESSIONS object (the EXPRESSIONS object is special, in that
it does not have a pre-defined list of valid parameters).

Important: Since Power Syntax uses Perl mathematical operators, you should exercise
2
caution when combining CEL with Power Syntax expressions. For example, in CEL, 2 is
represented as 2^2, but in Perl, would be written 2**2. If you are unsure about the validity
of an operator in Perl, please consult a Perl reference guide.

Page 68 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
CFX Command Language: CFX Expression Language

CEL Functions, Constants and System Variables


CEL Standard The following is a list of standard functions that are available in ANSYS TurboGrid.
Functions
Note: [ ] denotes a dimensionless quantity. [a] denotes any dimensions of first operand.

Result Function Operands


[] sin ([radian])
[] cos ([radian])
[] tan ([radian])
[radian] asin ([ ])
[radian] acos ([ ])
[radian] atan ([ ])
[radian] atan2 ([ ],[ ]))
[] exp ([ ])
[] loge ([ ])
[] log10 ([ ])
[a] abs ([a])
[a^0.5] sqrt ([a])
[] step ([ ])
[a] min ([a],[a])
[a] max ([a],[a])

CEL Constants The following predefined constants can be used within CEL expressions.

Constant Units Description


e <none> Constant : 2.7182817
g m^2 s^-2 Accn. due to gravity : 9.806
pi <none> Constant : 3.1415927
R m^2 s^-2 K^-1 Universal Gas Constant : 8314.5

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 69
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
CFX Command Language: CFX Expression Language

Page 70 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Command Actions
• Introduction (p. 71)
• File Operations from the Command Editor Dialog Box (p. 72)
• Quantitative Calculations in the Command Editor Dialog Box (p. 80)
• Other Commands (p. 83)

Introduction
The Command Editor dialog box in ANSYS TurboGrid can be used to edit or create graphics
objects, perform some typical user actions (reading or creating session and state files, for
example) and enter Power Syntax. This section describes the typical user actions you can
perform from the Command Editor dialog box.
For an introduction to the Command Editor dialog box see Command Editor Command
(p. 59).
For details on editing and creating graphics objects using the CFX command language in
the Command Editor dialog box see CFX Command Language (p. 63).
Power Syntax commands are preceded by the ! symbol. For details on using Power Syntax
in the Command Editor dialog box see Power Syntax (p. 85).
Action statements cause ANSYS TurboGrid to undertake a specific task, usually related to
the input and output of data from the system. All actions typed into the Command Editor
dialog box must be proceeded with the > symbol. Actions in session files must also be
preceded by the > symbol.
When running ANSYS TurboGrid in line interface mode, the CFX> command prompt is
shown in a DOS window or UNIX shell. All the actions described in this section along with
some additional commands can be typed at the command prompt. You do not have to
precede commands with the > symbol when running in line interface mode. Information of
using line interface mode is available. For details, see Line Interface Mode (p. 89)..
Many actions require additional information to perform their task (the name of a file to load
or the type of hardcopy file to create, for example). By default, these actions get the
necessary information from a specific associated CCL singleton object. For convenience,

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide


ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Page 71
Command Actions: File Operations from the Command Editor Dialog Box
some actions accept a few arguments that can be used to optionally override the commonly
changed object settings. If multiple arguments for an action are specified, they must be
separated by a comma.

Command Actions Example


All the settings for >print are read from the HARDCOPY: singleton object. However, if the
user desires, they can specify the name of the hardcopy file as an argument to >print. The
following CCL example demonstrates this behavior of actions.
# Define settings for printing
HARDCOPY:
Hardcopy Format = jpg
Hardcopy Filename = default.jpg
Image Scale = 70
White Background = Off
END
#Creates an output file based on the settings in HARDCOPY
>print
#Creates an identical output file with a different filename
>print another_file.jpg

File Operations from the Command Editor Dialog Box


The File Operations available from the Command Editor dialog box are outlined in the table
below with a summary of the function performed by each option.

Save State Files Save the current state to a file. See Save State Files (p. 72).
Read State Files Load a state from an existing state file. See Read State Files
(p. 74).
Save Topology Files Save the current topology to a file. See Save Topology Files
(p. 76).
Save Mesh Files Save the current mesh to a file. See Save Mesh Files (p. 76).
Save Blade Files Save the current blade to a file. See Save Blade Files (p. 76).
Create Session Files Set the name of a new session file and start recording to it. See
Create Session Files (p. 77).
Read Session Files Load and execute an existing session file. See Read Session
Files (p. 78).
Create Hardcopy Print the image shown in the viewer window to a file. See
Create Hardcopy (p. 79).
Export Geometry Save the current geometry to a .tetin file. See Export
Geometry (p. 79).

Save State Files


>savestate [mode=<none | overwrite>][filename=<filename>]

Page 72 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Command Actions: File Operations from the Command Editor Dialog Box
State files can be used to quickly load a previous state into ANSYS TurboGrid. State files can
be generated manually using a text editor, or from within ANSYS TurboGrid by saving a state
file. The >savestate command writes the current ANSYS TurboGrid state to a file from the
Command Editor dialog box.
>savestate supports the following options:

• mode = <none | overwrite>


If mode is none, the executor creates a new state file, and if the specified file exists, an
error is raised. If mode is overwrite, the executor creates a new state file, and if the file
exists, it is deleted and replaced with the latest state.
• filename = <filename>
Specifies the path and name of the file that the state is written to. If no filename is
specified, the STATE singleton object is queried for the filename. If the STATE singleton
does not exist, then an error is raised indicating that a filename must be specified.

savestate The following are example >savestate commands, and the expected results. If a STATE
Command singleton exists, the values of the parameters listed after the >savestate command replace
Examples
the values stored in the STATE singleton object. For this command, the filename command
parameter value replaces the state filename parameter value in the STATE singleton, and
the mode command parameter value replaces the savestate mode parameter value in the
STATE singleton.
> savestate
This command writes the current state to the filename specified in the STATE singleton. If
the mode in the STATE singleton is none, and the filename exists, an error is returned. If the
mode in the STATE singleton is overwrite, and the filename exists, the existing file is
deleted, and the state is written to the file. If the STATE singleton does not exist, an error is
raised indicating that a filename must be specified.
> savestate mode = none
This command writes the current state to the file specified in the STATE singleton. If the file
already exists, an error is raised. If the STATE singleton does not exist, an error is raised
indicating that a filename must be specified.
> savestate mode = overwrite
This command writes the current state to the file specified in the STATE singleton. If the file
already exists, it is deleted, and the current state is saved in its place. If the STATE singleton
does not exist, an error is raised indicating that a filename must be specified.
> savestate filename = mystate.tst
This command writes the current state to the mystate.tst file. If the STATE singleton exists,
and the savestate mode is set to none, and the file already exists, an error is raised. If the
savestate mode is set to overwrite, and the file already exists, the file is deleted, and the
current state is saved in its place. If the STATE singleton does not exist, then the system
assumes a savestate mode of none, and behaves as described above.
> savestate mode = none, filename = mystate.tst
This command writes the current state to the mystate.tst file. If the file already exists, an
error is raised.
> savestate mode = overwrite, filename = mystate.tst

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 73
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Command Actions: File Operations from the Command Editor Dialog Box
This command writes the current state to the mystate.tst file. If the file already exists it is
deleted, and the current state is saved in its place.

Read State Files


>readstate [mode=<overwrite | append>][filename=<filename>, load=<true | false>]
The >readstate command loads a ANSYS TurboGrid State from a specified file.
If a DATA READER singleton has been stored in the state file, the load action loads the
contents of the results file. If a state file contains BOUNDARY Objects, and the state file is
appended to the current state (with no new DATA READER Object), some boundaries
defined may not be valid for the loaded results. BOUNDARY objects that are not valid for the
currently loaded results file are culled.
>readstate supports the following options:

• mode = <overwrite | append>


If mode is set to overwrite, the executor deletes all the objects that currently exist in
the system, and loads the objects saved in the state file. Overwrite mode is the default
mode if none is explicitly specified. If mode is set to append, the executor adds the
objects saved in the state file to the objects that already exist in the system. If the mode
is set to append and the state file contains objects that already exist in the system, the
following logic is used to determine the final result:
If the system has an equivalent object, i.e., name and type, then the object already in the
system is modified with the parameters saved in the state file. If the system has an
equivalent object in name only, then the object that already exists in the system is
deleted, and replaced with that in the state file.
• filename = <filename>
The path to the state file.
• load = <true | false>
If load is set to true and a DATA READER object is defined in the state file, then the
Results file is loaded when the state file is read. If load is set to false, the results file is
not loaded, and the DATA READER object that currently is in the object Database (if any)
is not updated.
The following table describes the options, and the corresponding action taken on the
objects and the DATA READER.

Mode Load Data What happens to the Objects? Whathappens


Selection Selection to the DATA
READER?
Overwrite True All user objects are deleted. The loading It is deleted
of the new results file changes the default and replaced.
objects (boundaries, wireframe, etc.)
including deletion of objects that are no
longer relevant to the new results. Default
objects that are not explicitly modified by
object definitions in the state file have all
user modifiable values reset to default
values.

Page 74 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Command Actions: File Operations from the Command Editor Dialog Box

Mode Load Data What happens to the Objects? Whathappens


Selection Selection to the DATA
READER?
Overwrite False All user objects are deleted. All default If it exists, it
objects that exist in the state file update remains
the same objects in the current system unchanged
state if they exist. Default objects in the regardless of
state file that do not exist in the current what is in the
state are not created. All user objects in state file.
the state file are created.
Append True No objects are initially deleted. The It is modified
default objects in the state file replace the with the new
existing default objects. User objects: value from the
• are created if they have a unique state file.
name.
• replace existing objects if they have
the same name but different type.
• update existing objects if they have
the same name and type.
Append False No objects are initially deleted. Default If it exists, it
objects in the state file only overwrite remains
those in the system if they already exist. unchanged
User objects have the same behavior as regardless of
the Append/True option above. what is in the
state file.

readstate The following are example >readstate commands, and the expected results. If a STATE
Command singleton exists, the values of the parameters listed after the >readstate command replace
Examples
the values stored in the STATE singleton object. For this command, the filename command
parameter value replaces the state filename parameter value in the STATE singleton, and
the mode command parameter value replaces the readstate mode parameter value in the
STATE singleton.
> readstate
This command overwrites or appends to the objects in the system using the objects defined
in the file referenced by the state filename parameter in the STATE singleton. If the STATE
singleton does not exist, an error is raised indicating that a filename must be specified.
> readstate filename = mystate.tst
The readstate mode parameter in the STATE singleton determines if the current objects in
the system are deleted before the objects defined in the mystate.tst file are loaded into
the system. If the STATE singleton does not exist, then the system objects are deleted before
loading the new state information.
> readstate mode = overwrite, filename = mystate.tst
This command deletes all objects currently in the system, opens the mystate.tst file if it
exists, and creates the objects as stored in the state file.
> readstate mode = append, filename = mystate.tst
This command opens the mystate.tst file if it exists, and adds the objects defined in the
file to those already in the system following the rules specified in the above table.
> readstate mode = overwrite

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 75
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Command Actions: File Operations from the Command Editor Dialog Box
This command overwrites the objects in the system with the objects defined in the file
referenced by the state filename parameter in the STATE singleton. If the STATE
singleton does not exist, an error is raised indicating that a filename must be specified.
> readstate mode = append
This command appends to the objects in the system using the objects defined in the file
referenced by the state filename parameter in the STATE singleton. If the STATE
singleton does not exist, an error is raised indicating that a filename must be specified.

Save Topology Files


>savetopology [filename=<filename>]
Topology files can be used to easily use a previously defined topology in ANSYS TurboGrid.
Topology files can be generated manually using a text editor, or from within ANSYS
TurboGrid by saving a topology file. The >savetopology command writes the current
ANSYS TurboGrid Topology to a file from the Command Editor dialog box.
>savetopology requires the following argument:

• filename = <filename>
Specifies the path and name of the file that the topology is written to.

savetopology The following is an example >savetopology command, and the expected results.
Command > savetopology filename = mytopology.tgt
Example This command writes the current topology to the mytopology.tgt file.

Save Mesh Files


>savemesh [filename=<filename>, solver=<cfx5 | tascflow>]]
Mesh files can be used to load a previously created mesh into ANSYS TurboGrid and export
a completed mesh to be used in a CFX Solver. The >savemesh command writes the current
ANSYS TurboGrid Mesh to a file from the Command Editor dialog box.
>savemesh requires the following arguments:

• filename = <filename>
Specifies the path and name of the file to which the state is written.
• solver = <cfx5 | tascflow>
If solver is cfx5, the mesh file is saved in the ANSYS CFX mesh format (.gtm). If solver is
tascflow, the mesh file is saved in CFX-TASCflow format, including a .grd and .bcf file.

savemesh The following is an example >savemesh command, and the expected results.
Command > savemesh filename = mymesh.gtm, solver = cfx5
Examples The command above writes the current mesh to mymesh.gtm in ANSYS CFX format.
> savemesh filename = mymesh, solver = tascflow
The command above writes the current Mesh to mymesh.grd and mymesh.bcf in
CFX-TASCflow format.

Save Blade Files


>saveblade [filename=<filename>]

Page 76 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Command Actions: File Operations from the Command Editor Dialog Box
Blade files can be used to save the changes made to the geometry. The >saveblade
command writes the current ANSYS TurboGrid Blade to a file from the Command Editor
dialog box.
>saveblade requires the following argument:

• filename = <filename>
Specifies the path and name of the file to which the blade is written.

saveblade The following is an example >saveblade command, and the expected results.
Command > savetopology filename = mytopology.tgt
Example This command writes the current topology to the mytopology.tgt file.

Create Session Files


First, it is necessary to set the name of the file to which your session commands is to be
saved. This can be done by typing the CCL for the singleton object SESSION.
In the command window type
SESSION:
Session Filename = <filename.tse>
END
This sets up the session file to prepare for recording of commands. To begin recording
commands, type the following line into the Command Editor dialog box:
>session start [mode=<none | overwrite | append>, filename=<filename>]
To stop recording commands, type the following line into the Command Editor dialog box:
>session stop
Session files can be used to quickly reproduce all the actions performed in a previous ANSYS
TurboGrid Session. Session files can be generated manually using a text editor, or from
within ANSYS TurboGrid by recording a session. The commands required to write to these
files from the Command Editor dialog box are described below. The >session command
handles all Write Session features.
The following options are available to support the functionality:
>session start supports the following options:

• mode = <none | overwrite | append>


If mode is set to none (the default value), an error is raised if the file already exists. If
mode is set to overwrite, the file is deleted and newly created if it already exists. If
mode is set to append, the new session is appended to the end of the existing file.
• filename = <filename>
Specifies the filename and path to the session file. If no filename is specified, the
SESSION singleton indicates the filename and the mode to use for
overwriting/appending. If no SESSION singleton exists, an error is raised indicating that
a filename must be specified.
The session stop command terminates the saving of a session, and closes the session file.
No options are accepted with this option.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 77
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Command Actions: File Operations from the Command Editor Dialog Box
session The following are example >session commands, and the expected results. If a SESSION
Command singleton exists, the values of the parameters listed after the >session command replace
Examples
the values stored in the SESSION singleton object. For this command, the filename
parameter value replaces the session filename parameter value in the SESSION
singleton, and the mode command parameter value replaces the write session mode
parameter value in the SESSION singleton.
> session start, filename = mysession.tse
This action starts a new session in a filename called mysession.tse. If mysession.tse
already exists, the overwrite/append behavior is dependent on that set in the SESSION
singleton. If no SESSION singleton exists, and the mysession.tse file also exists, the
command fails with an error message (i.e., default mode is none).
> session start, mode = none, filename = mysession.tse
This command starts a new session file in a filename called mysession.tse. If
mysession.tse already exists, the command fails with an error message.
> session start, mode = overwrite, filename = mysession.tse
This command starts a new session. If mysession.tse already exists it is deleted, and
replaced with the new session. If the file does not already exist, it is created.
> session start, mode = append, filename = mysession.tse
This command starts a new session. If mysession.tse already exists, the new session is
appended to the end of the existing file. If the file does not already exist, it is created.
> session start
This command starts a new session, using the mode and filename defined in the SESSION
singleton. If the SESSION singleton does not exist, an error message is raised indicating that
a filename needs to be specified.
> session start, mode = overwrite
This command starts a new session with a filename of that specified in the SESSION
singleton. If the specified file already exists, it is deleted and a new file is created. If the
SESSION singleton does not exist, an error message is raised indicating that a filename
needs to be specified.
> session start, mode = append
This command starts a new session with a filename of that specified in the SESSION
singleton. If the specified file already exists, the new session is appended to the end of the
existing file. If the SESSION singleton does not exist, an error message is raised indicating
that a filename needs to be specified.
> session start, mode = none
This command starts a new session with a filename of that specified in the SESSION
singleton. If the specified file already exists, the command is terminated with an error
message. If the SESSION singleton does not exist, an error message is raised indicating that
a filename needs to be specified.
> session stop
This command terminates the current session in progress, and closes the currently open
session file.

Read Session Files


>readsession [filename=<filename>]

Page 78 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Command Actions: File Operations from the Command Editor Dialog Box
The >readsession command performs session file reading and executing.
<readsession supports the following options:

• filename = <filename>
Specifies the filename and path to the session file that should be read and executed. If
no filename is specified, the SESSION singleton object indicates the file to use. If no
SESSION singleton exists, an error is raised indicating that a filename must be specified.

readsession The following are example >readsession commands, and the expected results. If a
Command SESSION singleton exists, the values of the parameters listed after the >readsession
Examples
command replace the values stored in the SESSION singleton object. For this command, the
filename command parameter value replaces the session filename parameter value in
the SESSION singleton.
> readsession
This command reads the session file specified in the SESSION singleton, and executes its
contents. If the SESSION object does not exist, an error is raised indicating that a filename
must be specified.
> readsession filename = mysession.tse
This command reads and executes the contents of the mysession.tse file.

Create Hardcopy
>print [<filename>]
The >print command creates a file of the current viewer contents. Settings for output
format, quality, etc. are read from the HARDCOPY singleton object. For an example of the
>print command, see Command Actions Example (p. 72).

The optional argument <filename> can be used to specify the name of the output file to
override that stored in HARDCOPY.

Note: The HARDCOPY singleton object must exist before the >print command is executed.

Export Geometry
The >tetin command exports the current geometry to a Tetin (.tin) file which can be read
into ICEM CFD products.
<tetin requires the following argument:

• filename = <filename>
Specifies the filename and path to which the Tetin file is written.

tetin Command The following is an example >tetin command, and the expected results.
Example > tetin filename = mytetin.tin
This command writes the current geometry to the mytetin.tin file.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 79
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Command Actions: Quantitative Calculations in the Command Editor Dialog Box

Quantitative Calculations in the Command Editor Dialog Box


When executing a calculation from the Command Editor dialog box, the result is displayed
in the built-in calculator.
The >calculate command is used to perform function calculations in the Command
Editor dialog box. Typing >calculate alone performs the calculation using the parameters
stored in the CALCULATOR singleton object. Typing >calculate <function name> does
not work if required arguments are needed by the function.

Function Calculation
>calculate [<function name>, <arguments>]
A number of useful quantitative functions have been defined within ANSYS TurboGrid.
These functions are specified in the table below. You can follow the links in the Function
Name column to see the syntax used for each function when using them from the
Command Editor dialog box. A detailed description of the calculation performed by each
function is not provided here. For details, see Function (p. 51).. When using quantitative
functions as part of a CEL expression, a different syntax is required. For details, see CEL
Standard Functions (p. 69).
These functions may be accessed from the Command Editor dialog box using the
>calculate command, or via function calls within Power Syntax. Reference documentation
on the Power Syntax functions is provided in Power Syntax.
When a function is evaluated, a singleton CALCULATOR object is created which shows the
parameters and results for the most recent calculation. If the >calculate command is
supplied without <function name> or <arguments>, then the calculation is performed
with the settings from the CALCULATOR object (which may be modified like any other object
in the Command Editor dialog box). An error is raised if the CALCULATOR object does not
exist.
When evaluated as part of a Power Syntax function, the results of the calculation can be
stored in a Power Syntax variable for further processing. See Examples of Power Syntax
(p. 86) for examples of using calculations within Power Syntax.

Page 80 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Command Actions: Quantitative Calculations in the Command Editor Dialog Box

Function Name Operation Arguments


<required>
[<optional>]
area (p. 81) Area projected to axis (no axis <Location>, [<Axis>]
specification returns total area)
areaAve (p. 82) Area-weighted average <Expression>,
<Location>, [<Axis>]
areaInt (p. 82) Area-weighted integral <Expression>,
<Location>, [<Axis>]
ave (p. 82) Arithmetic average <Expression>,
<Location>
count (p. 82) Number of calculation points <Location>
length (p. 82) Length of a curve <Location>
lengthAve (p. 82) Length-weighted average <Expression>,
<Location>
lengthInt (p. 82) Length-weighted integration <Expression>,
<Location>
maxVal (p. 82) Maximum Value <Expression>,
<Location>
minVal (p. 82) Minimum Value <Expression>,
<Location>
probe (p. 83) Value at a point <Expression>,
<Location>
sum (p. 83) Sum over the calculation points <Expression>,
<Location>
volume (p. 83) Volume of a 3-D location <Location>
volumeAve (p. 83) Volume-weighted average <Expression>,
<Location>
volumeInt (p. 83) Volume-weighted integral <Expression>,
<Location>

Note: The following functions are not available in ANSYS TurboGrid: force, forceNorm,
massFlow, massFlowAve, massFlowInt and torque.

Expression Any variable or valid expression can be used as the <Expression> argument. For example,
Specification areaAve Minimum Face Angle, myPlane is allowed. For a list of variables and valid
expressions, see CEL Functions, Constants and System Variables (p. 69).

Axis Some functions take an axis specification as an argument. The general format for an axis
Specification specification is:
<X|Y|Z>

Quantitative area
Function List >calculate area, <Location>, [<Axis>]

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 81
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Command Actions: Quantitative Calculations in the Command Editor Dialog Box
The specification of an axis is optional. If one is not specified, the value held in the
CALCULATOR object is used. To calculate the total area of the location the axis specification
should be left blank (i.e., a comma should be typed after the location specification). See area
(p. 52) for a detailed function description.
Example: >calculate area, myplane calculates the area of the locator myplane
projected onto a plane normal to the axis specification in the CALCULATOR object.
Example: >calculate area, myplane, calculates the area of the locator myplane. Note
that adding the comma after myplane removes the axis specification.

areaAve
>calculate areaAve, <Expression>, <Location>, <Axis>
See areaAve (p. 52) for a detailed function description.

areaInt
>calculate areaInt, <Expression>, <Location>, [<Axis>]
Axis is optional. If it is not specified the value held in the CALCULATOR object is used. To
perform the integration over the total face area the axis specification should be blank (i.e.,
type a comma after the location name). See areaInt (p. 52) for a detailed function
description.

ave
>calculate ave, <Expression>, <Location>
See ave (p. 53) for a detailed function description.

count
>calculate count, <Location>
See count (p. 53) for a detailed function description.

length
>calculate length, <Location>

Note: When using this function in Power Syntax the leading character should be capitalised
to avoid confusion with the Perl internal command “length”. See length (p. 53) for a function
description.

lengthAve
>calculate lengthAve, <Expression>, <Location>
See lengthAve (p. 53) for a detailed function description.

lengthInt
>calculate lengthInt, <Expression>, <Location>.
See lengthInt (p. 54) for a detailed function description.

maxVal
>calculate maxVal, <Expression>, <Location>
See maxVal (p. 54) for a detailed function description.

minVal
>calculate minVal, <Expression>, <Location>

Page 82 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Command Actions: Other Commands
See minVal (p. 54) for a detailed function description.

probe
>calculate probe, <Expression>, <Location>
See probe (p. 54) for a detailed function description.

sum
>calculate sum, <Expression>, <Location>
See sum (p. 54) for a detailed function description.

volume
>calculate volume, <Location>
See volume (p. 54) for a detailed function description.

volumeAve
>calculate volumeAve, <Expression>, <Location>
See volumeAve (p. 55) for a detailed function description.

volumeInt
>calculate volumeInt, <Expression>, <Location>
See volumeInt (p. 55) for a detailed function description.

Other Commands
Deleting Objects
>delete <objectnamelist>
The >delete command can be used in the Command Editor dialog box to delete objects.
The command must be supplied with a list of object names separated by commas. An error
message is displayed if the list contains any invalid object names, but the deletion of valid
objects in the list is still processed.

Viewing a Chart
>chart <objectname>
The >chart command is used to invoke the chart viewer and display the specified CHART
object. Chart objects and Chart Lines are created like other CCL objects.

Creating a Mesh
>mesh
The >mesh command is used in the Command Editor dialog box to create a mesh using the
current Topology and Mesh Data objects.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 83
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Command Actions: Other Commands

Page 84 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Power Syntax
• Introduction (p. 85)
• Examples of Power Syntax (p. 86)
• Predefined Power Syntax Subroutines (p. 87)

Introduction
Programming constructs can be used within CCL for advanced usage. Rather than invent a
new language, CCL takes advantage of the full range of capabilities and resources from an
existing programming language, Perl. Perl statements can be embedded between lines of
simple syntax, providing capabilities such as loops, logic, and much, much more with any
CCL input file.
Lines of Power Syntax are identified in a CCL file by the “!” character at the beginning of each
line. Between Perl lines, simple syntax lines may refer to Perl variables and lists. Examples of
CCL with Power Syntax can be found in Examples of Power Syntax (p. 86).
A wide range of additional functionality is made available to expert users with the use of
Power Syntax including:
• Loops
• Logic and control structures
• Lists and arrays
• Subroutines with argument handling (useful for defining commonly re-used plots and
procedures)
• Basic I/O and input processing
• System functions
• much, much more (Object programming, WorldWide Web access, simple embedded
GUIs).

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide


ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Page 85
Power Syntax: Examples of Power Syntax
Any of the above may be included in a CCL input file or ANSYS TurboGrid Session file.

Important: You should be wary when entering certain expressions, since Power Syntax uses
2
Perl mathematical operators. For example, in CEL, 2 is represented as 2^2, but in Perl,
would be written 2**2. If you are unsure about the validity of an operator, you should check
a Perl reference guide.
There are many good reference books on Perl. Two examples are “Learning Perl” (ISBN
1-56592-042-2) and “Programming Perl” (ISBN 1-56592-149-6) from the O’Reilly series.

Examples of Power Syntax


The following are some examples in which the versatility of Power Syntax is demonstrated.
They become steadily more complex in the latter examples.
All arguments passed to subroutines should be enclosed in quotations, for example
Plane 1 must be passed as “Plane 1”, and Minimum Face Angle should be entered as
“Minimum Face Angle”. Any legal CFX Command Language characters that are illegal in
Perl need to be enclosed in quotation marks.

Example 1: Using a for Loop


This example demonstrates using Power Syntax to wrap a for loop around some CCL
Object definitions to repetitively change the visibility on the outer boundaries.
# Make the hub and shroud surfaces gradually transparent in
# the specified number of steps.
!$numsteps = 10;
!for ($i=0; $i < $numsteps; $i++) {
! $trans = ($i+1)/$numsteps;
GEOMETRY:
HUB:
Visibility = 1
Transparency = $trans
END
END
GEOMETRY:
SHROUD:
Visibility = 1
Transparency = $trans
END
END
!}
The first line of Power Syntax defines a scalar variable called numsteps. Scalar variables (i.e.,
simple single-valued variables) begin with a “$” symbol in Perl. The next line defines a for
loop that increments the variable i up to numsteps. Next, we determine the fraction we are
along in the loop and assign it to the variable trans. The object definitions then use trans
to set their transparency and then repeat. Note how Perl variables can be directly embedded
into the object definitions. The final line of Power Syntax (!}) closes the for loop.

Page 86 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Power Syntax: Predefined Power Syntax Subroutines

Example 2: Creating a Simple Subroutine


This example defines a simple subroutine to make two TURBO SURFACE objects at specified
locations. The subroutine is used in the next example.
!sub makeTurboSurfaces {
USER DEFINED:
TURBO SURFACE:Span Surface
Draw Faces = Off
Draw Lines = On
Variable = Span Normalized
Value = 0.25
Visibility = On
END

TURBO SURFACE:Theta Surface


Draw Faces = Off
Draw Lines = On
Variable = Theta
Value = 300 [degree]
Visibility = On
END
END
!}
You can execute this subroutine by typing !makeTurboSurfaces(); in the Command
Editor dialog box.

Predefined Power Syntax Subroutines


This section contains subroutines to provide additional Power Syntax functionality in ANSYS
TurboGrid. You can view a list of these subroutines by entering !showSubs(); in the
Command Editor dialog box. The list is printed to the console window. The list shows all
currently loaded subroutines, so it includes any custom subroutines that you have
processed in the Command Editor dialog box.

evaluate(Expression)
real,string evaluate("Expression")
A utility function that takes an expression and returns the evaluated expression. The
returned value is a list variable in which the first element is the numeric value of the
expression, and the second is the base unit. e.g.
!@myexp = evaluate(“10 [degree]/3.0”);
!print “myexp=”,@myexp[0],”[“,@myexp[1],”]\n”;
prints
0.0582[rad]

getValue(Object Name, Parameter Name)


A utility function that takes a name or path of a CCL object and parameter name and returns
the value of the parameter. e.g.
! $bladecount = getValue(“/GEOMETRY:GEOMETRY/MACHINE DATA:MACHINE DATA”,”Bladeset
Count”);

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 87
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Power Syntax: Predefined Power Syntax Subroutines

showPkgs()
void showPkgs()

A content subroutine that prints a list of packages available which may contain other
variables or subroutines in Power Syntax.

showSubs()
void showSubs("String packageName")
A content subroutine that prints a list of the subroutines available in the specified package.
If no package is specified, ANSYS TurboGrid is used by default, which lists the routines
specified here.

showVars()
void showVars("String packageName")
A content subroutine that prints a list of the Power Syntax variables and their current value
defined in the specified package. If no package is specified, ANSYS TurboGrid is used by
default.

verboseOn()
Returns 1 or 0 depending if the Perl variable $verbose is set to 1.

Page 88 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Line Interface Mode
• Introduction (p. 89)
• Line Interface Mode (p. 90)
• Batch Mode (p. 92)

Introduction
Some user interaction (for example with some advanced features) with ANSYS TurboGrid is
through the CFX command line. This is denoted by the (CFX) > command line prompt. At
the command line prompt the user can issue CFX Command Language (CCL) actions, create
CCL objects, and issue a few command line specific commands. For further information on
creating CCL objects, see the CCL details chapter in the reference guide.
By default, any entry on the command line is assumed to be a CCL action, and is immediately
processed by ANSYS TurboGrid. The table below provides a complete list of special
commands that are accepted by ANSYS TurboGrid, but are not actually CCL actions. Please
refer to Command Actions for information on CCL actions that can be used on the command
line.

Action (Abbreviation) Arguments Behavior


help (h) none Lists all valid command-line and CCL
actions.
getstate (s) <Object Name> Without an argument, lists all currently
defined objects.
With an argument, shows details of the
definition of the named object.
enterccl (e) none Enters CCL object definition mode. Allows
the user to type CCL object definitions.
Ctrl-e processes the object definition,
Ctrl-x aborts.
! <command> Executes a Power Syntax (Perl) command
% <command> Executes a system command (Unix Only)

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide


ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Page 89
Line Interface Mode: Line Interface Mode
Since a full mesh creation would require a large amount of typing, and because of the
flexibility of the CCL Power Syntax, it is expected that most input will be via session files. A
session file can be specified at start-up via the -session <filename> option, or on the
ANSYS TurboGrid command line using the readsession command. For further information
on the readsession command, see Read Session Files (p. 78).

Line Interface Mode


All of the functionality of ANSYS TurboGrid can be accessed when running in Line Interface
mode. This section contains information on how to perform typical user actions (loading,
printing, etc.), defining geometry, creating graphical objects and performing quantitative
calculations when running ANSYS TurboGrid in Line Interface mode.
In Line Interface mode you are typing the CCL commands which would otherwise be issued
by the GUI. A Viewer is provided in a separate window which shows the geometry and the
objects that you create on the command line.
To run in Line Interface mode (<CFXROOT> should be replaced with the file path to your
installation of ANSYS TurboGrid):
Windows: Execute the command <CFXROOT>\bin\cfxtg -line at the DOS command
prompt (omitting the -line option starts the GUI mode).
You may want to change the size of the MS-DOS window to view the output from
commands such as getstate. This can be done by typing mode con lines=X at the
Command Prompt before starting ANSYS TurboGrid, where X is the number of lines to
display in the window. You can choose a large number of lines if you want to be able to see
all the output from a session (a scroll bar is used in the DOS window).

Note: File paths typed once inside ANSYS TurboGrid should contain a forward slash / and
not the backslash, which is required in MS-DOS.

UNIX: Execute the command <CFXROOT>/bin/cfxtg -line at the command prompt


(omitting the -line option starts the GUI mode).
In ANSYS TurboGrid Line Interface mode, all commands are assumed to be actions, the >
symbol required in the Command Editor dialog box is not needed.
All of the functionality available from the Command Editor dialog box in the GUI is available
in Line Interface mode by typing enterccl or e at the command prompt. When in e mode
you can type any set of valid CCL commands. The commands are not processed until you
leave e mode by typing .e. You can cancel e mode without processing the commands by
typing .c. For details, see Command Editor Command (p. 59).
A list of Command Actions and their explanation are described in the Command Actions
documentation. For details, see Introduction (p. 71).

Note: The action commands shown in the Command Actions documentation are preceded
by the > symbol. This symbol should be omitted when typing action commands at the
command prompt.)

Page 90 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Line Interface Mode: Line Interface Mode
You can create objects by typing the CCL definition of the object when in e mode, or by
reading the object definition from a session or state file. See File Operations from the
Command Editor Dialog Box (p. 72) for details.
Line Interface mode differs from the Command Editor dialog box in two important ways.
• Line Interface action commands are not preceded by the > symbol.
• When typing lines of CCL or Power Syntax in line interface mode, ! must be typed,
whereas this is not required in the Command Editor dialog box.
These are the only principal differences, and all commands that work for the Command
Editor dialog box also work in line interface mode, providing the correct syntax is used.
Some commands specific to line interface mode are listed below.

Lists of Commands
To show a list of valid commands, type help at the command prompt.

Viewer Hotkeys
The zoom, rotate, pan and other mouse actions available for manipulating the viewer in the
GUI perform identical functions in the viewer in line interface mode. In addition to this,
hotkeys can be used to manipulate other aspects of the viewer. For a full list of all the
hotkeys available click in the viewer to make it the active window and select the ? icon. To
execute a hotkey command, click once in the viewer (or on the object, as some functions are
object-specific) and type the command.

Calculator
When evaluated on the command line, the result of a calculation is printed to standard
output.
For a list of valid calculator functions and required parameters, type calculate help at the
command prompt. For details, see Quantitative Calculations in the Command Editor Dialog
Box (p. 80).

getstate Command
The list of all currently defined objects can be obtained using the getstate command. To
get details on a specific object, type getstate <ObjectName>.

Repeating CCL Commands


If you want to carry out the last CCL command again, type =.

Executing a Shell Command


If you want to carry out a shell command, type % directly before your command. For
example, %ls lists all the files in your current directory.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 91
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Line Interface Mode: Batch Mode

Quitting
ANSYS TurboGrid can be shut down by typing the quit command at the command prompt.

Example
The following example provides a set of commands that you could type at the CFX>
command prompt. The output written to the screen when executing these commands is
not shown.
CFX> getstate /GEOMETRY:GEOMETRY/HUB:HUB
CFX> e
GEOMETRY:
HUB:
Visibility = On
Transparency = 0.1
END
END
.e
CFX> getstate /GEOMETRY:GEOMETRY/HUB:HUB
CFX> quit

Batch Mode
All of the functionality of ANSYS TurboGrid can be accessed when running in batch mode.
When running in batch mode, a viewer window is not provided and you cannot type
commands at a command prompt.
Commands are issued via a ANSYS TurboGrid Session file (*.tse), the name of which is
specified when executing the command to start batch mode.
To run in batch mode execute the following command at the command prompt:

Windows <CFXROOT>\bin\cfxtg -batch <filename.tse>

UNIX <CFXROOT>/bin/cfxtg -batch <filename.tse>

The session file can be created using a text editor, or, more easily, by recording a session file
while running in Line Interface or GUI mode.
The last command of any session file used in batch mode should be >quit. If this is not the
case, you will become locked in batch mode and have to terminate ANSYS TurboGrid
manually. If a session file is recording when you quit from GUI or line interface mode, the
>quit command will be automatically written to your session file before ANSYS TurboGrid
quits. Alternatively, you can use a text editor to add this command to the end of a session
file if you want ANSYS TurboGrid to quit after playing the session file.

Example: Generating a Similar Mesh from Different Curve Files


As mentioned above, the most common approach to generating session files for use in
batch processing is to record sessions carried out interactively. For example, you may record
a session file of an entire session in which you load curves, generate topology, create a mesh

Page 92 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Line Interface Mode: Batch Mode
and save it to a .gtm file. If you then edit the session file (using a text editor) replacing the
hub, shroud, blade and mesh files with other filenames, you can then repeat the same
actions on different curve files by running the edited session file.
You may also edit a session file to include a loop written with Power Syntax (Perl script). The
session file could load a state file1 before entering the loop so that only the CCL block
structure that controls the parameters that vary needs to be in the loop. To obtain a
particular CCL block structure, you may do one of the following:
1. Write a state file and then use a text editor to select the appropriate CCL block.
2. Write a state file, saving only the CCL blocks that you need.
3. Begin recording a session file. Click Apply on the object editor for the object of interest.
Stop recording the session file. Open the session file in a text editor and extract the
appropriate CCL block.
The following is a simplified example of a loop that could be used in a parametric study. It
loads 4 different blade files, blade1.curve, blade2.curve... etc., and writes 4
corresponding mesh files, mesh1.gtm, mesh2.gtm... etc., while keeping all other settings the
same.
! for (1..4)
! {
! my $bladefile = "blade".$_.".curve";
! my $meshfile = "mesh".$_.".gtm";
GEOMETRY:GEOMETRY
BLADE:Blade 1
Coordinate Frame Type = Cartesian
Curve Representation = Bspline
Input Angle Units = degree
Input Filename = $bladefile
Input Length Units = m
Show Curve = Off
Show Surface = On
Surface Representation = Bspline
Visibility = On
END
END
> mesh
> savemesh filename=$meshfile, onefile=On, solver=cfx5
! }
The next example illustrates how a numerical parameter can be modified in a batch loop. It
makes use of a list of values.
! for (20,27.5,35,42.5)
! {
!
! my $hubAngle = $_." [degree]";
GEOMETRY:GEOMETRY
INLET:
Hub Angle = $hubAngle
Override Automatic Angles = On
Shroud Angle = 0.0 [degree]
Visibility = Off
GEO POINT:Low Hub Point
Requested ART = -58.09,166.585,54.1607
Visibility = On
END

1. A state file used in a parametric study should have Topology advanced block # overrides
specified to prevent the re-calculation of topology block numbers so as not to influence the
parameteric study. This can be accomplished by clicking the Freeze button.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 93
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Line Interface Mode: Batch Mode
GEO POINT:Low Shroud Point
Visibility = On
END
END
END
! }
A hash table may be used to map integers to numbers or text strings. The following example
makes use of a hash table to map from the loop index (an integer) to various real numbers:
! my %hubAngle=
! (
! 1 => 20,
! 2 => 27.5,
! 3 => 35,
! 4 => 42.5,
! );
! for (1..4)
! {
!
! my $hubAngleVal = $hubAngle{$_}." [degree]";
GEOMETRY:GEOMETRY
INLET:
Hub Angle = $hubAngleVal
Override Automatic Angles = On
Shroud Angle = 0.0 [degree]
Visibility = Off
GEO POINT:Low Hub Point
Requested ART = -58.09,166.585,54.1607
Visibility = On
END
GEO POINT:Low Shroud Point
Visibility = On
END
END
END
! }
A hash table can also control parameters that require string values. An example of a string
hash table follows:
! my %values =
! (
! 1 => "On",
! 2 => "Off",
! 3 => "lastval"
! );
! my $firstval = $values{1};
In this example, firstval will be set to On. To use this hash table in a loop, the quantity in
{} after $values could be $_ which represents the loop index.

Page 94 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Meshing Reference
• Meshing Reference (p. 95)

Meshing Reference
ANSYS TurboGrid employs the traditional concept of block-structure (multi-block) mesh
generation. The block-structure approach is simple and efficient, allowing the well-known
Transfinite Interpolation (TFI) for surface and interior mesh generation to be used.
Although it is possible to establish a correspondence between any physical region and any
given logically rectangular block, the grid inside such a block is likely to be unusable as the
geometry becomes more complex. Topology blocks therefore represent contiguous
sub-regions of a physical domain. Within each block, the mesh elements are logically
rectangular but the blocks themselves fit together in an unstructured manner. Each block
has its own curvilinear coordinate system and is logically rectangular. This allows the grid
generation and numerical solution on the grid to be constructed to operate in a logically
rectangular computational region.
There are many subsets of TFI, such as Lagrangian and Hermitic: a useful reference for such
subjects is “The Handbook of Grid Generation” (J.F. Thompson et al., 1999, CRC Press).
ANSYS TurboGrid employs an algebraic, semi-isogeometric surface mesh generation
procedure.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide


ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Page 95
Meshing Reference: Meshing Reference

Page 96 ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
ChapNoCCL Content

CCL Details

• Using the CCL Content Documentation p. 98

• CCL Objects p. 99
• CCL Parameters p. 215

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 97
Using the CCL Content Documentation
This document is generated from the TGRules.ccl file in the <CFXROOT>/etc/ directory. It
contains a description of all the possible CCL objects and parameters. This includes
currently unsupported models and modes, use of which may cause unpredictable behavior.
If you cannot set an option in ANSYS TurboGrid, but find it defined here, then we
recommend contacting CFX support before using it in a simulation.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 98 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
CCL Objects

UNIT SYSTEM

Description
Singleton Object: This object stores the preferred units.

Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Preferred Units System : This specifies the Units System to use.
Optional Parameters
Update Units to Preferred : This logical indicates whether all displayed units should always
be updated to display the preferred units. If this is "false", quantities will be converted to
preferred types.
Custom Units Setting : This is a comma delimited list of Quantities and their selected units
for the Custom Units Setting. The list will contain both Quantities and the units: e.g.
Acceleration, m s^-2, Angle, radian, ...

STREAMLINE

Description
Named Object: Calculates streamline plots, and eventually ribbons and tubes

Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Location List : A comma delimited list of locator names.
Option : A generic parameter used to define the context setting for a variety of objects.
Variable : The name of the variable used to create the object. Should be set equal to the
name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.
Streamline Maximum Segments : Stops streamline calculation when number of segments
exceeds this
Optional Parameters
Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 99
Streamline Direction : The direction in which streams are to be calculated
Tolerance Mode : whether Grid Tolerance or Absolute Tolerance are used
Grid Tolerance : Fraction of local grid size to use as a maximum step tolerance
Absolute Tolerance : Length to use as a maximum step tolerance
Local Variable Ranges : A list of Variable Local Range data in base units. Each element
in the list contains: "<Variable Name
Cross Periodics : If true allows a streamline to cross a periodic boundary
Draw Symbols : Draw symbols on the streams at specified times
Draw Streams : If false do not draw streams, but allow drawing of symbols
Symbol Start Time : The particle age at which to draw the first symbol
Symbol Stop Time : Draw no symbols with particle age lower than this
Symbol Time Interval : Draw symbols at regular times separated by this value
Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for variables
in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the
"Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the
"Colour Variable" parameter is used.
Colour Variable : The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be
set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.
Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for
colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/
Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object.
"Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values
on the current object.
Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Symbol Size : A scaling factor for all symbols in the plot.
Colour Map : The name of the colour map to use when colouring the object.
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the
transparency of this graphics object in the viewer.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 100 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics object in the viewer.
Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object.
Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer.
Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object.
Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer.
Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer.
Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object.
Streamline Maximum Time : Stops streamline calculation when particle age exceeds this
Streamline Solver Type : The solver to use to calculate the streamlines
Reduction Factor : Reduces the number of nodes of a locator to use
Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object
instancing.
Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics
object in the viewer.
Streamline Maximum Periods : Limits the number of times a streamline may cross a
periodic boundary
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.

Context Sensitive Settings


Context Controlling Parameter: Option
Allowed Context Settings: Line,Ribbon,Tube

Option = Ribbon
Essential Parameters
Ribbon Width : The initial width of stream ribbons
Stream Ribbon Initial Direction : Defines the initial plane of a stream ribbon

Option = Tube
Essential Parameters
Number of Sides : The number of sides of a "round" tube
Optional Parameters
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 101
Tube Diameter : The initial width of stream tubes

COORD FRAME

Description
Named Object: Defines a coordinate frame which can be used for setting direction and axis
specifications.

Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Option : A generic parameter used to define the context setting for a variety of objects.
Optional Parameters
Reference Coord Frame : The Coordinate Frame in which the physical locations used to
set this coordinate frame are described.
Coord Frame Type : The orthonormal space used to define the coordinate frame.
Symbol Size : A scaling factor for all symbols in the plot.
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.

Context Sensitive Settings


Context Controlling Parameter: Option
Allowed Context Settings: Axis Points

Option = Axis Points


Essential Parameters
Origin Point : The location of the coordinate frame origin.
Axis 3 Point : The location of the point in the Z axis of the coordinate frame.
Plane 13 Point : The location of the a point in the XZ plane of the coordinate frame.

ROOT

Description
Singleton Object: The ROOT object lists all the object types that can be defined in CFX-
Post.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 102 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Allowed Sub-Objects
Optional Sub-Objects
UNIT SYSTEM : This object stores the preferred units.
STREAMLINE : Calculates streamline plots, and eventually ribbons and tubes
COORD FRAME : Defines a coordinate frame which can be used for setting direction and
axis specifications.
RULES:
LIBRARY : LIBRARY is automatically read from the VARIABLES library file.
POINT : Defines a point using X, Y and Z coordinates.
POLYLINE : A locator defined by multiple sets of points read from a data file or by the
intersection of a boundary and a locator. The points may have local (path) variables
associated with them. The polyline can interact with CFD data and can be coloured using
path variables or domain variables.
SUBDOMAIN : A volume region of a domain defined as a subdomain.
BOUNDARY : A locator defined by a boundary condition that exists in the results file.
WIREFRAME : Plots an outline of the domain given by edges between elements with
greater than the specified angle.
VECTOR : Creates a vector plot on a given list of locators.
SYMBOL : An internal object representing a plotting symbol.
ISOSURFACE : A locator generated by the surface which passes through a constant value
of a specified variable.
TURBO SURFACE : A locator generated by the surface which passes through a constant
value of a specified variable.
USER SURFACE : Allows the user to read an external file while contains elements
describing a general 3D surface, with local variable values optionally specified on each
node. The surface can interact with CFD data and can be coloured using local variables
or domain variables.
PLANE : A general object to describe a plane through the domain. Slice planes (which can
be bounded) and sample planes are supported.
CLIP PLANE : Defines a plane that can be used to clip graphics in the viewer.
VOLUME : An object that contains a subset of the volume elements of the domains it is
defined on. Options are provided to specify how that subset is defined.
LINE : Defines a line object.
CONTOUR : Creates a contour plot on a given list of locators.
SURFACE GROUP : Creates a group of surface plot on a given list of locators.
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 103
HARDCOPY : This object contains the settings used to control the creation of hardcopy
output from the viewer. It is used by the "print" action.
DATA READER : This object contains the settings used to read results files into the post-
processor. It is used by the "load" action.
EXPORT : Holds parameters which control the export of data to an external text file.
SESSION : Stores parameters used by the readsession command.
STATE : Stores parameters used by the readstate and savestate commands.
VIEWPORT MANAGER : This object stores the parameters that control the global viewport
controls.
VIEWPORT : This object stores the viewport settings.
VIEWER : This object stores the viewport settings.
ANIMATION : Defines a Keyframe animation sequence. A list of KEYFRAME objects
indicate the states between which to interpolate.
KEYFRAME : Defines a specific keyframe for an animation sequence. The actual system
state is stored in a file referenced by the "Keyframe Filename" parameter.
VECTOR VARIABLE : A object used to reference the data associated with a vector quantity
in the results file.
SCALAR VARIABLE : A object used to reference the data associated with a scalar quantity
in the results file.
USER SCALAR VARIABLE : A object used to reference the data associated with a scalar
quantity in the results file.
GROUP : Allows a group of multiple objects to behave as a single object. Currently only
used internally and does not work for graphics, etc.
DEFAULT INSTANCE TRANSFORM : Specifies the default instance transformation.
INSTANCE TRANSFORM : Specifies an instance transformation for visibility of the object,
consisting of a rotation and a number of copies of the original object to produce.
REFLECTION PLANE : This is a sub-object used for the reflection plane definition in
TRANSFORM object.
CAMERA : Defines a camera that can be used to specify the current view in the VIEWER
object.
LEGEND : Creates a labelled colour bar to show to legend associated with the named plot.
TEXT : A single piece of text. This text item can be attached to a point on screen (specified
in two dimensions), or attached to a point in three dimensions, following that point through
any viewer transformations. Font, size, colour, rotation and justification options are
provided.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 104 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
CHART : This object is used to create a chart and specify general chart parameters,
including the CHART LINE objects that define the chart lines.
CHART LINE : This object defines the variable, line style, symbol style, and colours to use
for a chart line.
CALCULATOR : This singleton is used by the calculate action to define the function and
arguments to be evaluated, and store the Result.
MESH CALCULATOR : This singleton is used by the mesh calculate action to define the
function to be evaluated, and store the max and min Results.
EXPRESSION EVALUATOR : This singleton evaluates the specified Expression and
stores the Result.
TG DOMAIN :
GEOMETRY :
TOPOLOGY :
MESH DATA :
MESH DISPLAY :
MESH QUALITY :
LAYERS :
USER DEFINED :
MESH ANALYSIS :
DOMAIN : An automatically created object for each domain read from the results file.
FILE PROCESSING : Stores parameters indicating the state of processing state or session
files.

LIBRARY

Description
Singleton Object: LIBRARY is automatically read from the VARIABLES library file.

Allowed Sub-Objects
Optional Sub-Objects
CEL :
CEL :

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 105
POINT

Description
Named Object: Defines a point using X, Y and Z coordinates.

Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Option : A generic parameter used to define the context setting for a variety of objects.
Optional Parameters
Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the
"Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the
"Colour Variable" parameter is used.
Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/
Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Colour Variable : The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be
set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.
Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for
colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Local Variable Ranges : A list of Variable Local Range data in base units. Each element
in the list contains: "<Variable Name
Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object.
"Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values
on the current object.
Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the
transparency of this graphics object in the viewer.
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object.
Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics object in the viewer.
Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object.
Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object.
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 106 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Point Symbol : Name of point symbol (non-directional) to be used for plot.
Symbol Size : A scaling factor for all symbols in the plot.
Normalized : If set On, all vectors are plotted with the same length (show direction only).
Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer.
Colour Map : The name of the colour map to use when colouring the object.
Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer.
Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer.
Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object
instancing.
Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics
object in the viewer.
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.

Context Sensitive Settings


Context Controlling Parameter: Option
Allowed Context Settings: XYZ, Node Number, Variable Minimum, Variable Maximum

Option = XYZ
Optional Parameters
Point : An XYZ triple which defines a point in space.

Option = Node Number


Optional Parameters
Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object.
Node Number :

Option = Variable Minimum


Optional Parameters
Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object.
Location : A locator name.
Variable : The name of the variable used to create the object. Should be set equal to the
name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 107
Option = Variable Maximum
Optional Parameters
Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object.
Location : A locator name.
Variable : The name of the variable used to create the object. Should be set equal to the
name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.

SYMBOL CONTROL

Description
Named Object:

Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Symbol Size : A scaling factor for all symbols in the plot.
Point Symbol : Name of point symbol (non-directional) to be used for plot.
Optional Parameters
MTS Symbol Size Conversion Factor : A scaling factor for symbol size in MTS transform
space.
ART Symbol Size Conversion Factor : A scaling factor for symbol size in ART transform
space.

POLYLINE

Description
Named Object: A locator defined by multiple sets of points read from a data file or by the
intersection of a boundary and a locator. The points may have local (path) variables
associated with them. The polyline can interact with CFD data and can be coloured using
path variables or domain variables.

Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Option : A generic parameter used to define the context setting for a variety of objects.
Optional Parameters
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 108 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the
"Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the
"Colour Variable" parameter is used.
Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/
Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Colour Variable : The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be
set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.
Local Variable Ranges : A list of Variable Local Range data in base units. Each element
in the list contains: "<Variable Name
Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for
colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Colour Map : The name of the colour map to use when colouring the object.
Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object.
"Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values
on the current object.
Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object
instancing.
Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics
object in the viewer.
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.

Context Sensitive Settings


Context Controlling Parameter: Option
Allowed Context Settings: From File, Boundary Intersection

Option = From File


Essential Parameters
Input File : The name of the file to be read that contains the definition of one or more
polylines and associated path variables.
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 109
Option = Boundary Intersection
Essential Parameters
Location : A locator name.
Boundary List : A list of boundary objects
Optional Parameters
Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object.

SUBDOMAIN

Description
Named Object: A volume region of a domain defined as a subdomain.

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object.
Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the
"Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the
"Colour Variable" parameter is used.
Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/
Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Colour Variable : The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be
set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.
Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for
colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object.
"Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values
on the current object.
Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Local Variable Ranges : A list of Variable Local Range data in base units. Each element
in the list contains: "<Variable Name
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 110 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the
transparency of this graphics object in the viewer.
Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics object in the viewer.
Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object.
Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object.
Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object.
Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer.
Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer.
Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer.
Colour Map : The name of the colour map to use when colouring the object.
Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object
instancing.
Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics
object in the viewer.
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.

BOUNDARY

Description
Named Object: A locator defined by a boundary condition that exists in the results file.

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the
"Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the
"Colour Variable" parameter is used.
Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/
Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Colour Variable : The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be
set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 111
Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for
colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object.
"Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values
on the current object.
Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Local Variable Ranges : A list of Variable Local Range data in base units. Each element
in the list contains: "<Variable Name
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the
transparency of this graphics object in the viewer.
Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics object in the viewer.
Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object.
Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object.
Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object.
Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object.
Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer.
Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer.
Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer.
Colour Map : The name of the colour map to use when colouring the object.
Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object
instancing.
Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics
object in the viewer.
Render Edge Angle : The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a
wireframe.
Internal Parameters
Solver Name : The name of this object inside the RES file.
Boundary Type : Internal parameter tells the type of the boundary.
Rotation Axis From : An XYZ triple defining the first point of the rotation axis.
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 112 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Rotation Axis To : An XYZ triple defining the second point of the rotation axis.
Rotation Angle : Specifies the rotation angle.
Translation Vector : Specifies the translation vector.
Opposite Boundary List : The boundaries that form the other side of a periodic link
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.

WIREFRAME

Description
Named Object: Plots an outline of the domain given by edges between elements with
greater than the specified angle.

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Edge Angle : The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a wireframe.
Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/
Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Local Variable Ranges : A list of Variable Local Range data in base units. Each element
in the list contains: "<Variable Name
Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object.
Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object
instancing.
Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics
object in the viewer.
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.

VECTOR

Description
Named Object: Creates a vector plot on a given list of locators.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 113
Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Location List : A comma delimited list of locator names.
Variable : The name of the variable used to create the object. Should be set equal to the
name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.
Optional Parameters
Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the
"Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the
"Colour Variable" parameter is used.
Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/
Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Colour Variable : The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be
set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.
Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for
colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for variables
in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object.
"Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values
on the current object.
Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Normalized : If set On, all vectors are plotted with the same length (show direction only).
Symbol : Name of symbol to be used for the plot.
Symbol Size : A scaling factor for all symbols in the plot.
Projection Type : The vector projection type to be used in creating this plot.
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the
transparency of this graphics object in the viewer.
Local Variable Ranges : A list of Variable Local Range data in base units. Each element
in the list contains: "<Variable Name
Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object.
Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 114 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object.
Direction : The direction specification for vector coord frame projection.
Reduction Factor : Reduces the number of nodes of a locator to use
Surface Sampling : If set On, results are displayed at a subset of points in the plot.
Number of Samples : The number of random samples to be taken in the plot.
Random Seed : The seed to be used in the sampling of points on the plot.
Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object.
Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics object in the viewer.
Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer.
Colour Map : The name of the colour map to use when colouring the object.
Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer.
Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer.
Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object
instancing.
Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics
object in the viewer.
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.

SYMBOL

Description
Named Object: An internal object representing a plotting symbol.

Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Symbol Type : The category a symbol falls under.

Context Sensitive Settings


Context Controlling Parameter: Symbol Type
Allowed Context Settings: Arrow2D, Arrow3D, Crosshair, Octahedron, Line Arrow,
Arrowhead

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 115
Symbol Type = Arrow2D

Symbol Type = Arrow3D

Symbol Type = Crosshair

Symbol Type = Octahedron

Symbol Type = Line Arrow

Symbol Type = Arrowhead

ISOSURFACE

Description
Named Object: A locator generated by the surface which passes through a constant value
of a specified variable.

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Variable : The name of the variable used to create the object. Should be set equal to the
name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.
Value : The value of the variable at which the isosurface is to be plotted.
Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for variables
in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the
"Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the
"Colour Variable" parameter is used.
Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/
Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Colour Variable : The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be
set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.
Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for
colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Local Variable Ranges : A list of Variable Local Range data in base units. Each element
in the list contains: "<Variable Name

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 116 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object.
"Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values
on the current object.
Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the
transparency of this graphics object in the viewer.
Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics object in the viewer.
Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object.
Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object.
Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object.
Line Colour Mode : Determines where to get the line colour from.
Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object.
Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer.
Turbo Transform : A reference to the object holding the MST Turbo Transform
Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer.
Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer.
Colour Map : The name of the colour map to use when colouring the object.
Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object
instancing.
Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics
object in the viewer.
Render Edge Angle : The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a
wireframe.
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 117
TURBO SURFACE

Description
Named Object: A locator generated by the surface which passes through a constant value
of a specified variable.

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Variable : The name of the variable used to create the object. Should be set equal to the
name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.
Value : The value of the variable at which the isosurface is to be plotted.
Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for variables
in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the
"Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the
"Colour Variable" parameter is used.
Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/
Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Colour Variable : The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be
set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.
Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for
colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Local Variable Ranges : A list of Variable Local Range data in base units. Each element
in the list contains: "<Variable Name
Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object.
"Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values
on the current object.
Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the
transparency of this graphics object in the viewer.
Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics object in the viewer.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 118 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object.
Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object.
Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object.
Line Colour Mode : Determines where to get the line colour from.
Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object.
Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer.
Turbo Transform : A reference to the object holding the MST Turbo Transform
Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer.
Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer.
Colour Map : The name of the colour map to use when colouring the object.
Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object
instancing.
Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics
object in the viewer.
Render Edge Angle : The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a
wireframe.
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.
Suppress Errors : Used to suppress errors that are thrown in common code but are not
applicable to TG.

USER SURFACE

Description
Named Object: Allows the user to read an external file while contains elements describing
a general 3D surface, with local variable values optionally specified on each node. The
surface can interact with CFD data and can be coloured using local variables or domain
variables.

Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Option : A generic parameter used to define the context setting for a variety of objects.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 119
Optional Parameters
Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the
"Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the
"Colour Variable" parameter is used.
Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/
Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Colour Variable : The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be
set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.
Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for
colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Local Variable Ranges : A list of Variable Local Range data in base units. Each element
in the list contains: "<Variable Name
Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object.
"Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values
on the current object.
Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the
transparency of this graphics object in the viewer.
Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics object in the viewer.
Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object.
Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object.
Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object.
Line Colour Mode : Determines where to get the line colour from.
Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer.
Colour Map : The name of the colour map to use when colouring the object.
Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer.
Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer.
Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object
instancing.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 120 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics
object in the viewer.
Render Edge Angle : The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a
wireframe.
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.

Context Sensitive Settings


Context Controlling Parameter: Option
Allowed Context Settings: From File, Boundary Intersection

Option = From File


Essential Parameters
Input File : The name of the file to be read that contains the definition of one or more
polylines and associated path variables.

Option = Boundary Intersection


Essential Parameters
Location : A locator name.
Boundary List : A list of boundary objects
Optional Parameters
Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object.

PLANE

Description
Named Object: A general object to describe a plane through the domain. Slice planes
(which can be bounded) and sample planes are supported.

Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Option : A generic parameter used to define the context setting for a variety of objects.
Optional Parameters
Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object.
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 121
Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the
"Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the
"Colour Variable" parameter is used.
Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/
Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Colour Variable : The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be
set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.
Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for
colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Local Variable Ranges : A list of Variable Local Range data in base units. Each element
in the list contains: "<Variable Name
Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object.
"Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values
on the current object.
Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the
transparency of this graphics object in the viewer.
Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics object in the viewer.
Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object.
Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object.
Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object.
Line Colour Mode : Determines where to get the line colour from.
Plane Bound : Defines plane bounding (Circular, Rectangular, None).
Bound Radius : Radius of Circular Plane Bound.
Direction 1 Bound : Length of Rectangular Plane Bound.
Direction 2 Bound : Width of Rectangular Plane Bound.
Direction 1 Orientation : Orientation of Rectangular Plane Bound length.
Direction 1 Points : Number of Sample points in direction 1.
Direction 2 Points : Number of Sample points in direction 2.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 122 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Plane Type : Indicates if the plane is a slice or sample plane.
Invert Plane Bound : Reverses the plane bounds by selecting region outside plane bound.
Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer.
Colour Map : The name of the colour map to use when colouring the object.
Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer.
Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer.
Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object
instancing.
Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics
object in the viewer.
Render Edge Angle : The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a
wireframe.
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.

Context Sensitive Settings


Context Controlling Parameter: Option
Allowed Context Settings: XY Plane, YZ Plane, ZX Plane, Point and Normal, Three Points

Option = YZ Plane
Optional Parameters
X : The X coordinate value for the location of this object.

Option = ZX Plane
Optional Parameters
Y : The Y coordinate value for the location of this object.

Option = XY Plane
Optional Parameters
Z : The Z coordinate value for the location of this object.

Option = Point and Normal


Optional Parameters
Point : An XYZ triple which defines a point in space.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 123
Normal : An XYZ triple describing the normal vector.

Option = Three Points


Optional Parameters
Point 1 : An XYZ triple defining the first point for this object.
Point 2 : An XYZ triple defining the second point for this object.
Point 3 : An XYZ triple defining the third point for this object.

CLIP PLANE

Description
Named Object: Defines a plane that can be used to clip graphics in the viewer.

Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Option : A generic parameter used to define the context setting for a variety of objects.
Optional Parameters
Flip Normal : If this parameter is set to true, the normal of the clip plane will be flipped,
effectively inverting the clipping region.

Context Sensitive Settings


Context Controlling Parameter: Option
Allowed Context Settings: XY Plane, YZ Plane, ZX Plane, Point and Normal, Three
Points, From Slice Plane

Option = YZ Plane
Optional Parameters
X : The X coordinate value for the location of this object.

Option = ZX Plane
Optional Parameters
Y : The Y coordinate value for the location of this object.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 124 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Option = XY Plane
Optional Parameters
Z : The Z coordinate value for the location of this object.

Option = Point and Normal


Optional Parameters
Point : An XYZ triple which defines a point in space.
Normal : An XYZ triple describing the normal vector.

Option = Three Points


Optional Parameters
Point 1 : An XYZ triple defining the first point for this object.
Point 2 : An XYZ triple defining the second point for this object.
Point 3 : An XYZ triple defining the third point for this object.

Option = From Slice Plane


Optional Parameters
Slice Plane : Specifies the name of the PLANE object to use for the clip plane definition.

VOLUME

Description
Named Object: An object that contains a subset of the volume elements of the domains it
is defined on. Options are provided to specify how that subset is defined.

Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Option : A generic parameter used to define the context setting for a variety of objects.
Optional Parameters
Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object.
Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the
"Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the
"Colour Variable" parameter is used.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 125
Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/
Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Colour Variable : The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be
set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.
Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for
colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Local Variable Ranges : A list of Variable Local Range data in base units. Each element
in the list contains: "<Variable Name
Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object.
"Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values
on the current object.
Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the
transparency of this graphics object in the viewer.
Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics object in the viewer.
Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object.
Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object.
Line Colour Mode : Determines where to get the line colour from.
Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object.
Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer.
Colour Map : The name of the colour map to use when colouring the object.
Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer.
Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer.
Inclusive : If this parameter set to true, then the volume for above or below intersection
includes intersections .
Turbo Transform : A reference to the object holding the MST Turbo Transform
Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object
instancing.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 126 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics
object in the viewer.
Render Edge Angle : The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a
wireframe.
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.
Suppress Errors : Used to suppress errors that are thrown in common code but are not
applicable to TG.

Context Sensitive Settings


Context Controlling Parameter: Option
Allowed Context Settings: Sphere, From Surface, Isovolume

Option = Sphere
Optional Parameters
Point : An XYZ triple which defines a point in space.
Radius : Radius distance for sphere volume.

Option = From Surface


Optional Parameters
Location List : A comma delimited list of locator names.
Volume Intersection Mode : A parameter used to define the context setting for volume
object.

Option = Isovolume
Optional Parameters
Isovolume Intersection Mode : A parameter used to define the context setting for
isovolume object.
Variable : The name of the variable used to create the object. Should be set equal to the
name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.
Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for variables
in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Value 1 : The value of the variable at which the isovolume is to be plotted.
Value 2 : The value of the variable at which the isovolume is to be plotted it is used when
the isovolume mode is between values.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 127
LINE

Description
Named Object: Defines a line object.

Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Option : A generic parameter used to define the context setting for a variety of objects.
Optional Parameters
Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object.
Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the
"Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the
"Colour Variable" parameter is used.
Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/
Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Colour Variable : The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be
set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.
Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for
colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Local Variable Ranges : A list of Variable Local Range data in base units. Each element
in the list contains: "<Variable Name
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object.
"Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values
on the current object.
Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Line Type : Indicates if the line is a cut or sample line.
Line Samples : Number of points in the sample line.
Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object.
Colour Map : The name of the colour map to use when colouring the object.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 128 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object
instancing.
Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics
object in the viewer.
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.

Context Sensitive Settings


Context Controlling Parameter: Option
Allowed Context Settings: Two Points

Option = Two Points


Optional Parameters
Point 1 : An XYZ triple defining the first point for this object.
Point 2 : An XYZ triple defining the second point for this object.

CONTOUR

Description
Named Object: Creates a contour plot on a given list of locators.

Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Location List : A comma delimited list of locator names.
Colour Variable : The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be
set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.
Optional Parameters
Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object.
Number of Contours : Specifies number of contour lines in a contour plot.
Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for
colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Local Variable Ranges : A list of Variable Local Range data in base units. Each element
in the list contains: "<Variable Name

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 129
Contour Range : Sets the method used to calculate a contour plot."Global" uses the range
of variable values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values on the specified
list of objects. "User Specified" uses Min and Max parameter value. "Value List" plots
contours on the values specified in Value List parameter.
Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Value List : Specifies a list of variable values for a contour plot. In order for this list to be
used, Contour Range has to be set to "Value List".
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the
transparency of this graphics object in the viewer.
Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object.
Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Constant Contour Colour : If set to On, then the "Line Colour" parameter is used to
determine the contour colour. Otherwise, the contour is coloured by the contour variable.
Colour Map : The name of the colour map to use when colouring the object.
Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object.
Line Colour Mode : Determines where to get the line colour from.
Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer.
Show Numbers : Toggles contour numbering.
Clip Contour : Enables/disables clipping in a contour plot.
Draw Contours : Enables/disables drawing of the contour lines.
Fringe Fill : If set to On, the space between contours in a contour plot is filled with fringe
bands.
Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object
instancing.
Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer.
Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer.
Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics
object in the viewer.
Text Height : The height an item of text should be, proportional to the screen.
Font : The font name for an item of text.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 130 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Text Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the text.
Text Colour Mode : Determines where to get the text colour from.
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.

SURFACE GROUP

Description
Named Object: Creates a group of surface plot on a given list of locators.

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object.
Location List : A comma delimited list of locator names.
Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the
"Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the
"Colour Variable" parameter is used.
Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/
Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Colour Variable : The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be
set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.
Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for
colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Local Variable Ranges : A list of Variable Local Range data in base units. Each element
in the list contains: "<Variable Name
Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object.
"Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values
on the current object.
Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 131
Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the
transparency of this graphics object in the viewer.
Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics object in the viewer.
Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object.
Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object.
Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object.
Line Colour Mode : Determines where to get the line colour from.
Location List : A comma delimited list of locator names.
Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer.
Colour Map : The name of the colour map to use when colouring the object.
Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer.
Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer.
Turbo Transform : A reference to the object holding the MST Turbo Transform
Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object
instancing.
Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics
object in the viewer.
Render Edge Angle : The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a
wireframe.
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.

HARDCOPY

Description
Singleton Object: This object contains the settings used to control the creation of hardcopy
output from the viewer. It is used by the "print" action.

Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Hardcopy Format : Sets the format of hardcopy output from "print".

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 132 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Optional Parameters
Hardcopy Filename : Sets the file name for the output from "print".
Hardcopy Tolerance : A non-dimensional tolerance used in face-sorting when generating
hardcopy output. Smaller values will result in faster printing times, but may cause defects
in the resulting output.

Context Sensitive Settings


Context Controlling Parameter: Hardcopy Format
Allowed Context Settings: ps, eps, jpg, ppm, bmp, png, vrml, cvf

Hardcopy Format = ps
Optional Parameters
Paper Size : Scales hardcopy output to the specified paper size.
Print Quality : Controls quality vs. speed of hardcopy output.
Paper Orientation : Sets the rotation of the image on the printed page.
White Background : Toggles if hardcopy output is produced on a white or black
background.
Print Line Width : The width of lines in hardcopy output. Increasing this value may give
better results on high-resolution printers.

Hardcopy Format = eps


Optional Parameters
Paper Size : Scales hardcopy output to the specified paper size.
Print Quality : Controls quality vs. speed of hardcopy output.
Paper Orientation : Sets the rotation of the image on the printed page.
White Background : Toggles if hardcopy output is produced on a white or black
background.
Print Line Width : The width of lines in hardcopy output. Increasing this value may give
better results on high-resolution printers.

Hardcopy Format = bmp


Optional Parameters
Print Quality : Controls quality vs. speed of hardcopy output.
White Background : Toggles if hardcopy output is produced on a white or black
background.
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 133
Use Screen Size : When set to On, the current screen size is used as the image size
Image Width : The image width (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off)
Image Height : The image height (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off)
Image Scale : Scales the size of bitmap images to a fraction (in percent) of the current
viewer window size.
Print Line Width : The width of lines in hardcopy output. Increasing this value may give
better results on high-resolution printers.
Screen Capture : Enables the screen capture mode for producing image output.
Antialiasing : Enables the antialiasing of the graphics (smooth edges).

Hardcopy Format = jpg


Optional Parameters
Print Quality : Controls quality vs. speed of hardcopy output.
White Background : Toggles if hardcopy output is produced on a white or black
background.
Use Screen Size : When set to On, the current screen size is used as the image size
Image Width : The image width (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off)
Image Height : The image height (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off)
Image Scale : Scales the size of bitmap images to a fraction (in percent) of the current
viewer window size.
Print Line Width : The width of lines in hardcopy output. Increasing this value may give
better results on high-resolution printers.
Screen Capture : Enables the screen capture mode for producing image output.
Antialiasing : Enables the antialiasing of the graphics (smooth edges).
JPEG Image Quality : The quality factor for jpeg image output. Higher values results in
clearer, but larger, files.

Hardcopy Format = png


Optional Parameters
Print Quality : Controls quality vs. speed of hardcopy output.
White Background : Toggles if hardcopy output is produced on a white or black
background.
Use Screen Size : When set to On, the current screen size is used as the image size
Image Width : The image width (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off)

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 134 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Image Height : The image height (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off)
Image Scale : Scales the size of bitmap images to a fraction (in percent) of the current
viewer window size.
Print Line Width : The width of lines in hardcopy output. Increasing this value may give
better results on high-resolution printers.
Screen Capture : Enables the screen capture mode for producing image output.
Antialiasing : Enables the antialiasing of the graphics (smooth edges).

Hardcopy Format = ppm


Optional Parameters
Print Quality : Controls quality vs. speed of hardcopy output.
White Background : Toggles if hardcopy output is produced on a white or black
background.
Use Screen Size : When set to On, the current screen size is used as the image size
Image Width : The image width (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off)
Image Height : The image height (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off)
Image Scale : Scales the size of bitmap images to a fraction (in percent) of the current
viewer window size.
Print Line Width : The width of lines in hardcopy output. Increasing this value may give
better results on high-resolution printers.
Screen Capture : Enables the screen capture mode for producing image output.
Antialiasing : Enables the antialiasing of the graphics (smooth edges).

DATA READER

Description
Singleton Object: This object contains the settings used to read results files into the post-
processor. It is used by the "load" action.

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Current Timestep : The timestep to be used when reading a transient results file.
Current Timevalue : The time value to be used when reading a transient results file.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 135
Temporary Directory : The path to a temporary working directory which CFX-Post can use
for placing temporary files. This directory does not have to exist between runs of CFX-Post,
and the contents will be deleted when Post shuts down.
Force File Reload : Parameter indicating whether or not to force a reload of the file even if
the filename is the same as that currently loaded.
File Length Units : Length units read from the file.
File Mass Units : Mass units read from the file.
File Time Units : Time units read from the file.
File Temperature Units : Temperature units read from the file.
File Angle Units : Angle units read from the file.
File Light Units : Light units read from the file.
File Money Units : Money units read from the file.
File Current Units : Current units read from the file.
File Solid Angle Units : Solid Angle units read from the file.
File Chemical Amount Units : Chemical Amount units read from the file.
Current Results File : The name of the results file to be read into the post-processor.
Internal Parameters
Current Results File Version : The version of the current results file.
Particle Track Material List : A list of Particle Track Materials that exist in the RES file. This
parameter is empty if no Particle Tracks exist.
Expression List : A list of Expressions that were loaded with the res file. These expressions
must be deleted when a new RES file is loaded.
File is Turbo : Parameter indicating whether it is a turbo problem

EXPORT

Description
Singleton Object: Holds parameters which control the export of data to an external text file.

Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Export File : The filename to which the exported data will be written.
Optional Parameters

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 136 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Location List : A comma delimited list of locator names.
Variable List : A comma delimited list of variables whose data is to be exported.
Include Header : Indicates whether a pre-defined header is appended to the top of the
export file, using "
Null Token : The string that should be used in the export file if no data exists for a variable
at a node.
Overwrite : Indicates whether, if the specified filename exists, the file should be overwritten
with the new data.
Precision : Indicates the number of decimal points of precision to display the exported data
to.
Vector Display : Indicates the way that vector variables are to be displayed. Choices are:
Components | Scalar.
Separator : Indicates the string to use between each variable. The string must be delimited
by quotation marks.
Vector Brackets : Indicates the kind of brackets to use around vector data when displayed
as components. Any two character combination is valid, where the first character will be
used as the open-bracket, and the second as the close-bracket. If "-" is specified (no
quotes), no brackets will be displayed.

SESSION

Description
Singleton Object: Stores parameters used by the readsession command.

Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Session Filename : The name of the session file to which session data will be saved.
Optional Parameters
Write Session Mode : This parameter indicates whether the session file should be
overwritten or appended to if it exists.

STATE

Description
Singleton Object: Stores parameters used by the readstate and savestate commands.
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 137
Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
State Filename : The name of the state file to which state data will be saved.
Optional Parameters
Read State Mode : This parameter indicates whether the current system state information
should be overwritten or appended to.
Save State Mode : This parameter indicates whether the state file should be overwritten if
it exists.
Load Data : This parameter indicates whether to load the results file or not if a DATA
READER object exists in the STATE File for a READSTATE action.
Save State Objects : A list of objects to save to the state file. If this list is empty, then all
user created objects will be saved.

VIEWPORT MANAGER

Description
Singleton Object: This object stores the parameters that control the global viewport
controls.

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Viewport Layout : Specifies the layout of viewports.
Viewport Order : Specifies the viewport order to be used in the layout.
Viewport List : Specifies the list of viewports to be used in the layout.
X Split : The normalized location of the vertical viewport splitter.
Y Split : The normalized location of the horizontal viewport splitter.
Background Type : Specifies the type of background to use in the viewer.
Background Image Type : The type of image to use.
Background Image : The predefined image to use
Background Image File : The image file to use for the viewer background.
Background Image Mapping : Flat - image is mapped as a flat background; Spherical -
image is mapped to a background sphere (must have 2x1 width to height pixel ratio)
Background Colour : Defines the R, G and B values for the viewer background colour.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 138 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Background Colour 2 : Defines the R, G and B values for the second viewer background
colour (used for gradients)
Background Colour Type : Specifies the type of background colour gradient to use in the
viewer.
Global Edge Colour : Defines the global colour used for mesh edges
Global Text Colour : Defines the global colour used for Text objects
Maximized Viewport : If set to a viewport number (1-4), the viewport will be resized to fill
up the screen, regardless of the viewport layout.

VIEWPORT

Description
Named Object: This object stores the viewport settings.

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Camera Mode : Defines the current viewer camera mode. It can be either Standard
(specified by Standard View parameter) or User Specified, in which case a CAMERA object
has to be defined and specified in User Camera parameter.
User Camera : Defines the CAMERA object that is used to set up the camera view in the
viewer (Note that Camera Mode has to be set to User Specified for this parameter to have
effect).
Standard View : Defines one of the standard views in the viewer (Note that Camera Mode
has to be set to Standard for this parameter to have effect).
Projection : Defines the current projection mode in the viewer. It can be either Perspective
or Orthographic.
Axis Visibility : Toggles the axis visibility in the viewport.
Ruler Visibility : Toggles the ruler visibility in the viewport.
Border Visibility : Toggles the viewport border visibility in the viewer.
Light Angle : Defines the viewer light angles in degrees. The first angle goes from left (0)
to right (180), and the second goes from up (0) to down (180).
Clip Scene : Toggles the scene clipping plane in the viewer.
Clip Plane : Defines the CLIP PLANE object that is used for scene clipping.
Object Type List : Specifies the list of object types to show in this viewport. If left empty
(and Object Name List is empty too), all object types are shown.
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 139
Object Name List : Specifies the list of objects to show in this viewport. If left empty, all
objects are shown.
Coord Transform : Specifies the coordinate transformation to apply to all objects shown in
this viewport.
Maximize Viewport : If set to true, this viewport will be maximized to fill up the screen,
regardless of the viewport layout.
Draw All Objects : If enabled, all visible objects are drawn in this viewport
Object Name Exclusion List : Specifies the list of objects NOT to show in this viewport. If
left empty (and Object Name List is empty too), all object types are shown.
Object Type Exclusion List : Specifies the list of object types NOT to show in this viewport.
If left empty (and Object Name List is empty too), all object types are shown.
Highlight Type : Indicates whether to highlight an object with a bounding box or to use a
wireframe of the object.
Angular Coord Shift : The agular shift value. The shift is used in adjusting Turbo B2B view.

VIEWER

Description
Singleton Object: This object stores the viewport settings.

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Camera Mode : Defines the current viewer camera mode. It can be either Standard
(specified by Standard View parameter) or User Specified, in which case a CAMERA object
has to be defined and specified in User Camera parameter.
User Camera : Defines the CAMERA object that is used to set up the camera view in the
viewer (Note that Camera Mode has to be set to User Specified for this parameter to have
effect).
Standard View : Defines one of the standard views in the viewer (Note that Camera Mode
has to be set to Standard for this parameter to have effect).
Background Colour : Defines the R, G and B values for the viewer background colour.
Projection : Defines the current projection mode in the viewer. It can be either Perspective
or Orthographic.
Axis Visibility : Toggles the axis visibility in the viewport.
Ruler Visibility : Toggles the ruler visibility in the viewport.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 140 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Border Visibility : Toggles the viewport border visibility in the viewer.
Light Angle : Defines the viewer light angles in degrees. The first angle goes from left (0)
to right (180), and the second goes from up (0) to down (180).
Clip Scene : Toggles the scene clipping plane in the viewer.
Clip Plane : Defines the CLIP PLANE object that is used for scene clipping.
Object Type List : Specifies the list of object types to show in this viewport. If left empty
(and Object Name List is empty too), all object types are shown.
Object Name List : Specifies the list of objects to show in this viewport. If left empty, all
objects are shown.
Coord Transform : Specifies the coordinate transformation to apply to all objects shown in
this viewport.
Maximize Viewport : If set to true, this viewport will be maximized to fill up the screen,
regardless of the viewport layout.
Draw All Objects : If enabled, all visible objects are drawn in this viewport
Object Name Exclusion List : Specifies the list of objects NOT to show in this viewport. If
left empty (and Object Name List is empty too), all object types are shown.
Object Type Exclusion List : Specifies the list of object types NOT to show in this viewport.
If left empty (and Object Name List is empty too), all object types are shown.
Highlight Type : Indicates whether to highlight an object with a bounding box or to use a
wireframe of the object.
Angular Coord Shift : The agular shift value. The shift is used in adjusting Turbo B2B view.

CEL

Description
Singleton Object:

Allowed Sub-Objects
Optional Sub-Objects
EXPRESSIONS : This object holds the definitions of all CEL expressions in the post-
processor.
EXPRESSIONS : This object holds the definitions of all CEL expressions in the post-
processor.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 141
EXPRESSIONS

Description
Singleton Object: This object holds the definitions of all CEL expressions in the post-
processor.

ANIMATION

Description
Singleton Object: Defines a Keyframe animation sequence. A list of KEYFRAME objects
indicate the states between which to interpolate.

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Animation Name : The name of this animation.
Animation Filename : The name of the file to save this animation to.
Keyframe List : An ordered list of keyframe names to be used for this animation.
Looping : Indicates the type of looping to perform for the animation.
Looping Cycles : Indicates the number of cycles that the Animation loop should complete
before stopping automatically. A value of -1 will repeat the cycles forever.
Timestep Interpolation Method : Indicates what timestep information to interpolate if
timesteps are to be animated.
Frame Increment : The number of frames to increment the frame counter by when
incrementing to go to the next frame.
Animate Camera : Indicates whether to animate the camera (flythrough)along with the
other objects, or leave the camera at the current position.
Save Hardcopy : Boolean indicating whether to save the current animation to a file, as it
progresses. A filename needs to be specified.
Animation Hardcopy Filename : The path of the file to save a hardcopy to.
Intermediate File Format : The format in which to save intermediate files when generating
animation MPEGs.
Keep Intermediate Files : Boolean indicating whether or not CFX-Post should delete the
intermediate files after the MPEG generation is complete.
Animation Frame Rate : The Frame Rate at which to generate the Animation MPEG.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 142 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
MPEG Scale : The amount to scale the viewer image for the Animation MPEG output.
White Background : Toggles if hardcopy output is produced on a white or black
background.
Screen Capture : Enables the screen capture mode for producing image output.
Antialiasing : Enables the antialiasing of the graphics (smooth edges).
Internal Parameters
Current Frame : The current frame that is displayed or calculated. This is useful to
determine where in the animation you are when stepping through the frames. This is an
internal parameter for status display purposes only.
Playback Status : This parameter indicates whether the animation is stopped or playing
forward or backward. This is an internal parameter for status display purposes only.

KEYFRAME

Description
Named Object: Defines a specific keyframe for an animation sequence. The actual system
state is stored in a file referenced by the "Keyframe Filename" parameter.

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Keyframe Name : A string containing the name of the keyframe to display to the user.
Number Of Frames : The number of frames in the animation to insert between this
keyframe and the next.
Keyframe Filename : A string containing the name of the state file associated with this
keyframe.

VECTOR VARIABLE

Description
Named Object: A object used to reference the data associated with a vector quantity in the
results file.

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 143
Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for this variable
(Conservative or Hybrid).
User Units : Specifies the preferred units to display this variable in if different from the
default units setting. To use the default units, this parameter must be empty (blank).
Internal Parameters
VarMin : The global minimum value from this variable as read from the RES file.
VarMax : The global maximum value from this variable as read from the RES file.
HybridMin : The global hybrid minimum value from this variable as read from the RES file.
HybridMax : The global hybrid maximum value from this variable as read from the RES file.
Variable Dimensions : The dimensions of the variable as read from the results file.
Base Units : The base units of a variable.
Has Hybrid Values : Internal parameter specifying whether a variable can load Hybrid
Values on boundary nodes.
User Level : Specifies the user level of the variable.
Quantity Type : Specifies the Quantity Type of the variable.
Related Object : Specifies the Object that this variable is related to. This is only applicable
for Variables that are defined as Local to a specific geometry.

SCALAR VARIABLE

Description
Named Object: A object used to reference the data associated with a scalar quantity in the
results file.

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for this variable
(Conservative or Hybrid).
User Units : Specifies the preferred units to display this variable in if different from the
default units setting. To use the default units, this parameter must be empty (blank).
Internal Parameters
VarMin : The global minimum value from this variable as read from the RES file.
VarMax : The global maximum value from this variable as read from the RES file.
HybridMin : The global hybrid minimum value from this variable as read from the RES file.
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 144 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
HybridMax : The global hybrid maximum value from this variable as read from the RES file.
Variable Dimensions : The dimensions of the variable as read from the results file.
Base Units : The base units of a variable.
Variable : The name of the variable used to create the object. Should be set equal to the
name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.
Component Index : Specifies vector component to be used for the variable.
Recipe : Contains instructions on how to build a value list for the variable.
Has Hybrid Values : Internal parameter specifying whether a variable can load Hybrid
Values on boundary nodes.
User Level : Specifies the user level of the variable.
Quantity Type : Specifies the Quantity Type of the variable.
Related Object : Specifies the Object that this variable is related to. This is only applicable
for Variables that are defined as Local to a specific geometry.

Context Sensitive Settings


Context Controlling Parameter: Recipe
Allowed Context Settings: Standard, Vector Component

Recipe = Standard
Optional Parameters
Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for this variable
(Conservative or Hybrid).

Recipe = Vector Component

USER SCALAR VARIABLE

Description
Named Object: A object used to reference the data associated with a scalar quantity in the
results file.

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 145
Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for this variable
(Conservative or Hybrid).
User Units : Specifies the preferred units to display this variable in if different from the
default units setting. To use the default units, this parameter must be empty (blank).
Recipe : Contains instructions on how to build a value list for the variable.
Internal Parameters
VarMin : The global minimum value from this variable as read from the RES file.
VarMax : The global maximum value from this variable as read from the RES file.
HybridMin : The global hybrid minimum value from this variable as read from the RES file.
HybridMax : The global hybrid maximum value from this variable as read from the RES file.
Variable Dimensions : The dimensions of the variable as read from the results file.
Base Units : The base units of a variable.
Has Hybrid Values : Internal parameter specifying whether a variable can load Hybrid
Values on boundary nodes.
User Level : Specifies the user level of the variable.
Quantity Type : Specifies the Quantity Type of the variable.
Related Object : Specifies the Object that this variable is related to. This is only applicable
for Variables that are defined as Local to a specific geometry.

Context Sensitive Settings


Context Controlling Parameter: Recipe
Allowed Context Settings: Expression, Frozen Copy

Recipe = Expression
Essential Parameters
Expression : A CFX Expression Language expression.

Recipe = Frozen Copy


Essential Parameters
Variable to Copy : The name of the variable used to create the object. Should be set equal
to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 146 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
GROUP

Description
Named Object: Allows a group of multiple objects to behave as a single object. Currently
only used internally and does not work for graphics, etc.

Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Member List : A list of objects included in the group.

DEFAULT INSTANCE TRANSFORM

Description
Named Object: Specifies the default instance transformation.

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Apply Reflection : Toggles reflection in the transformation.
Apply Translation : Toggles translation in the transformation.
Apply Rotation : Toggles rotation in the transformation.
Reflection Plane : Specifies the REFLECTION PLANE object to use in a transformation.
Rotation Axis Type : Specifies the rotation axis type in the transformation. If it is set to
"Principal Axis", Principal Axis parameter setting is used. If it is set to "Rotation Axis",
parameters Rotation Axis From and Rotation Axis To are used for the axis definition.
Principal Axis : Specifies the principal axis used in instance rotation.
Rotation Axis From : An XYZ triple defining the first point of the rotation axis.
Rotation Axis To : An XYZ triple defining the second point of the rotation axis.
Rotation Angle : Specifies the rotation angle.
Full Circle : If set to On, the instances are placed uniformly about the instance rotation axis.
Note that the Number of Copies has to be greater than two when this option is used.
Angle Definition Method : Specifies angle definition method. If it is set to "Value",
parameter Rotation Angle value will be used for angular instancing. If it is set to "Instances
in 360", parameter "Number of Components in 360" will be used.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 147
Number of Components in 360 : Number of Components in 360 degrees
Translation Vector : Specifies the translation vector.
Number of Copies : Specifies the number of transformed copies.
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.

INSTANCE TRANSFORM

Description
Named Object: Specifies an instance transformation for visibility of the object, consisting
of a rotation and a number of copies of the original object to produce.

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Apply Reflection : Toggles reflection in the transformation.
Apply Translation : Toggles translation in the transformation.
Apply Rotation : Toggles rotation in the transformation.
Reflection Plane : Specifies the REFLECTION PLANE object to use in a transformation.
Rotation Axis Type : Specifies the rotation axis type in the transformation. If it is set to
"Principal Axis", Principal Axis parameter setting is used. If it is set to "Rotation Axis",
parameters Rotation Axis From and Rotation Axis To are used for the axis definition.
Full Circle : If set to On, the instances are placed uniformly about the instance rotation axis.
Note that the Number of Copies has to be greater than two when this option is used.
Number of Copies : Specifies the number of transformed copies.
Principal Axis : Specifies the principal axis used in instance rotation.
Rotation Axis From : An XYZ triple defining the first point of the rotation axis.
Rotation Axis To : An XYZ triple defining the second point of the rotation axis.
Rotation Angle : Specifies the rotation angle.
Angle Definition Method : Specifies angle definition method. If it is set to "Value",
parameter Rotation Angle value will be used for angular instancing. If it is set to "Instances
in 360", parameter "Number of Components in 360" will be used.
Number of Components in 360 : Number of Components in 360 degrees
Translation Vector : Specifies the translation vector.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 148 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.

REFLECTION PLANE

Description
Named Object: This is a sub-object used for the reflection plane definition in TRANSFORM
object.

Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Option : A generic parameter used to define the context setting for a variety of objects.

Context Sensitive Settings


Context Controlling Parameter: Option
Allowed Context Settings: XY Plane, YZ Plane, ZX Plane, Point and Normal, Three Points

Option = YZ Plane
Optional Parameters
X : The X coordinate value for the location of this object.

Option = ZX Plane
Optional Parameters
Y : The Y coordinate value for the location of this object.

Option = XY Plane
Optional Parameters
Z : The Z coordinate value for the location of this object.

Option = Point and Normal


Optional Parameters
Point : An XYZ triple which defines a point in space.
Normal : An XYZ triple describing the normal vector.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 149
Option = Three Points
Optional Parameters
Point 1 : An XYZ triple defining the first point for this object.
Point 2 : An XYZ triple defining the second point for this object.
Point 3 : An XYZ triple defining the third point for this object.

CAMERA

Description
Named Object: Defines a camera that can be used to specify the current view in the
VIEWER object.

Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Option : A generic parameter used to define the context setting for a variety of objects.

Context Sensitive Settings


Context Controlling Parameter: Option
Allowed Context Settings: Pivot Point and Quaternion, Pivot Point and Rotation

Option = Pivot Point and Quaternion


Optional Parameters
Pivot Point : Defines the center of rotation (pivot point) for the camera.
Rotation Quaternion : Defines the camera rotation quaternion.
Scale : Defines the relative scale of the camera view. With the default scale (1.0), the scene
completely fills the viewer window.
Pan : Defines the camera pan in screen (X, Y) coordinates, with positive X pointing right and
positive Y pointing up.

Option = Pivot Point and Rotation


Optional Parameters
Pivot Point : Defines the center of rotation (pivot point) for the camera.
Rotation : Defines the camera rotation in terms of angles about X, Y and Z axis,
respectively. X axis is pointing right, Y is pointing up and Z towards the user.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 150 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Scale : Defines the relative scale of the camera view. With the default scale (1.0), the scene
completely fills the viewer window.
Pan : Defines the camera pan in screen (X, Y) coordinates, with positive X pointing right and
positive Y pointing up.

LEGEND

Description
Named Object: Creates a labelled colour bar to show to legend associated with the named
plot.

Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Legend Plot : Name of the locator for which to provide information.
Optional Parameters
Legend X Justification : Specifies the horizontal justification of a text or overlay item.
Legend Y Justification : Specifies the vertical justification of a text or overlay item.
Legend Position : XY position of the legend.
Legend Size : Scale factor to apply to legend.
Legend Ticks : Number of points to provide variable values next to the Legend bar.
Legend Resolution : Number of colour subdivisions on the legend bar.
Legend Shading : Controls interpolated shading of colour on the legend bar.
Font : The font name for an item of text.
Legend Aspect : Legend bar width control parameter
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/
Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Legend Format : Parameter to modify string format of values on legend.
Text Height : The height an item of text should be, proportional to the screen.
Text Rotation : Counter-clockwise rotation, in degrees, to be applied to a text item.
Legend Title Mode : Controls the legend title type.
Legend Title : Specifies the legend title when Legend Title Mode is set to User Specified.
Show Legend Units : Toggles display of units in the legend.
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 151
Legend Orientation : Specifies whether to display the legend Vertically or Horizontally.
Text Colour Mode : Determines where to get the text colour from.
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.

TEXT

Description
Named Object: A single piece of text. This text item can be attached to a point on screen
(specified in two dimensions), or attached to a point in three dimensions, following that point
through any viewer transformations. Font, size, colour, rotation and justification options are
provided.

Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Text String : The contents of an item of text.
Position Mode : Defines whether a text item is attached to a two-dimensional screen
coordinate, or a three-dimensional spatial coordinate.
Optional Parameters
Text Position : The location an item of text should be placed.
Text Height : The height an item of text should be, proportional to the screen.
Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/
Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Overlay Size : A factor by which to scale the size of a two-dimensional overlay.
Font : The font name for an item of text.
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Text Rotation : Counter-clockwise rotation, in degrees, to be applied to a text item.
Text Colour Mode : Determines where to get the text colour from.
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.

Context Sensitive Settings


Context Controlling Parameter: Position Mode

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 152 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Allowed Context Settings: Two Coords, Three Coords

Position Mode = Two Coords


Optional Parameters
X Justification : Specifies the horizontal justification of a text or overlay item.
Y Justification : Specifies the vertical justification of a text or overlay item.

CHART

Description
Named Object: This object is used to create a chart and specify general chart parameters,
including the CHART LINE objects that define the chart lines.

Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Chart Type : Specifies the kind of chart to create.
Optional Parameters
Chart Title : Specifies the title for the chart.
Chart Font : The name of the font to use for this chart.
Chart Text Colour : The colour of the chart title and X & Y Axis Labels.
Chart Viewport Colour : The colour of the chart viewport including axes, tick marks, and
axis numbering.

Context Sensitive Settings


Context Controlling Parameter: Chart Type
Allowed Context Settings: XY

Chart Type = XY
Optional Parameters
Chart Line List : A comma delimited list of names of CHART LINE objects that the user
wishes to have displayed on the chart.
Chart Legend : Specifies whether a legend should be displayed or not.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 153
Chart Legend Margin : Indicates a proportion of the screen space that should be used to
display the Legend. The default value of 0.2 indicates that 20% of the chart, at the right side
of the window, should be allocated to the Legend.
Chart Axes : Indicates whether the X=0 or Y=0 lines should be displayed on the chart.
Neither, either or both may be displayed.
Chart X Axis Label : The label to use for the X-Axis.
Chart Y Axis Label : The label to use for the Y-Axis.
Range Selection : Indicates whether the Min/Max X and Y values shown on the chart will
be automatically or manually selected.
Max X : If the Range Selection parameter is set to "Manual", this parameter will indicate the
maximum X value to display.
Min X : If the Range Selection parameter is set to "Manual", this parameter will indicate the
minimum X value to display.
Max Y : If the Range Selection parameter is set to "Manual", this parameter will indicate the
maximum Y value to display.
Min Y : If the Range Selection parameter is set to "Manual", this parameter will indicate the
minimum Y value to display.

CHART LINE

Description
Named Object: This object defines the variable, line style, symbol style, and colours to use
for a chart line.

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Line Name : The name of this chart line. This string will be used as the label in the Legend
if one is displayed.
Location : A locator name.
Chart X Variable : Specifies the name of the X-Axis variable to chart. The default value of
"Chart Count" indicates that the X-Axis will be a locator point counter.
Chart Y Variable : Specifies the name of the Y-Axis variable to chart.
Display Chart Line : Indicates whether or not to display a line connecting the data points.
Chart Line Style : Specifies the line style to use if the Chart Line Toggle is True.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 154 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Chart Line Colour : Specifies the colour of the line. The Default value of "Auto" will cause
the Engine to automatically pick a colour different from any colour already used.
Display Chart Symbol : Indicates whether or not to display a symbol at each data point on
the chart.
Chart Symbol Style : Specifies the symbol style to use if the Chart Symbol Toggle is True.
Chart Symbol Colour : Specifies the colour of the symbol. The Default value of "Auto" will
cause the Engine to automatically pick a colour different from any colour already used.

CALCULATOR

Description
Singleton Object: This singleton is used by the calculate action to define the function and
arguments to be evaluated, and store the Result.

Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Function : The context controlling parameter for the CALCULATOR object, which defines
the name of the function to be evaluated.
Location : A locator name.
Optional Parameters
Verbose : Controls if the result of a calculation is written to the screen.
Internal Parameters
Result : The internal parameter for the CALCULATOR and EXPRESSION EVALUATOR
object used to store the results of a function evaluation.
Result Units : The internal parameter for the CALCULATOR and EXPRESSION
EVALUATOR object used to store the units of the results of a function evaluation.

Context Sensitive Settings


Context Controlling Parameter: Function
Allowed Context Settings: area, areaAve, areaInt, ave, count, force, forceNorm, length,
lengthAve, lengthInt, massFlow, massFlowAve, massFlowInt, maxVal, minVal, probe, sum,
torque, volume, volumeAve, volumeInt

Function = massFlow
Optional Parameters
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 155
Fluid : The fluid specification for multiphase quantitative calculations.

Function = massFlowAve
Essential Parameters
Expression : A CFX Expression Language expression.
Optional Parameters
Fluid : The fluid specification for multiphase quantitative calculations.

Function = area
Optional Parameters
Axis : The axis specification for directional quantitative calculations.

Function = areaAve
Essential Parameters
Expression : A CFX Expression Language expression.

Function = areaInt
Essential Parameters
Expression : A CFX Expression Language expression.
Optional Parameters
Axis : The axis specification for directional quantitative calculations.

Function = ave
Essential Parameters
Expression : A CFX Expression Language expression.

Function = sum
Essential Parameters
Expression : A CFX Expression Language expression.

Function = minVal
Essential Parameters
Expression : A CFX Expression Language expression.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 156 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Function = maxVal
Essential Parameters
Expression : A CFX Expression Language expression.

Function = probe
Essential Parameters
Expression : A CFX Expression Language expression.

Function = force
Essential Parameters
Axis : The axis specification for directional quantitative calculations.
Optional Parameters
Fluid : The fluid specification for multiphase quantitative calculations.

Function = forceNorm
Optional Parameters
Fluid : The fluid specification for multiphase quantitative calculations.

Function = torque
Essential Parameters
Axis : The axis specification for directional quantitative calculations.
Optional Parameters
Fluid : The fluid specification for multiphase quantitative calculations.

Function = lengthInt
Essential Parameters
Expression : A CFX Expression Language expression.

Function = lengthAve
Essential Parameters
Expression : A CFX Expression Language expression.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 157
MESH CALCULATOR

Description
Singleton Object: This singleton is used by the mesh calculate action to define the function
to be evaluated, and store the max and min Results.

Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Mesh Function : The context controlling parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object,
which defines the name of the function to be evaluated.
Internal Parameters
Max Result : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the
max result of evaluation.
Min Result : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the
min result of evaluation.
Result Units : The internal parameter for the CALCULATOR and EXPRESSION
EVALUATOR object used to store the units of the results of a function evaluation.
Number of Nodes : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to
store the number of nodes.
Number of Elements : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used
to store the number of elements.
Number of Tetrahedra : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used
to store the number of tetrahedra.
Number of Wedges : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to
store the number of wedges.
Number of Pyramids : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used
to store the number of pyramids.
Number of Hexahedra : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used
to store the number of hexahedra.

EXPRESSION EVALUATOR

Description
Singleton Object: This singleton evaluates the specified Expression and stores the Result.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 158 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Evaluated Expression : A CFX Expression Language expression for usage in
EXPRESSION EVALUATOR.
Internal Parameters
Result : The internal parameter for the CALCULATOR and EXPRESSION EVALUATOR
object used to store the results of a function evaluation.
Result Units : The internal parameter for the CALCULATOR and EXPRESSION
EVALUATOR object used to store the units of the results of a function evaluation.

TG DOMAIN

Description
Named Object:

Allowed Sub-Objects
Optional Sub-Objects
GEOMETRY :
MESH DISPLAY :
MESH QUALITY :
LAYERS :

GEOMETRY

Description
Singleton Object:

Allowed Sub-Objects
Optional Sub-Objects
SYMBOL CONTROL :
BOUNDARY : A locator defined by a boundary condition that exists in the results file.
MACHINE DATA :

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 159
HUB :
SHROUD :
BLADE :
INLET :
OUTLET :
HIGH PERIODIC :
LOW PERIODIC :
GEO POINT :
PROFILE POINT :
GEO LINE :
TURBO TRANSFORM :
OUTLINE :

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Hidden in Viewer List : If this is not empty it is the list of objects that were hidden in the
viewer by pressing the hide button.

TOPOLOGY

Description
Singleton Object:

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Blade List For Topology : List of the Blade objects in the domain
Blade List For Topology Line of Rotation Link : Makes the link between blade and
topology so that when one of the Line of Rotation parameters is changed the topology fires
correctly.
Hub List For Topology : List of the Hub objects in the domain
Shroud List For Topology : List of the Shroud objects in the domain
Inlet List For Topology : List of the Inlet objects in the domain
Outlet List For Topology : List of the Outlet objects in the domain
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 160 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Low Periodic List For Topology : List of the Low Periodic objects in the domain
High Periodic List For Topology : List of the High Periodic objects in the domain
Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the
transparency of this graphics object in the viewer.
Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object.
Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics object in the viewer.
Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object.
Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object.
Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object.
"Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values
on the current object.
Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer.
Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the
"Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the
"Colour Variable" parameter is used.
Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/
Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Colour Map : The name of the colour map to use when colouring the object.
Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object
instancing.
Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics
object in the viewer.
Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer.
Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer.
Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for
colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Show Curve : Control whether a hub curve (for example) is shown as opposed to a hub
surface

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 161
Show Surface : Control whether a hub surface (for example) is shown as opposed to a hub
curve
Topology Filename : The filename to read the topology data from
Export File : The filename to which the exported data will be written.
Machine Data : Name of object specifying the axis and angle of the stage
Machine Data Angle : Name of object specifying the axis and angle of the stage. This
Parameter is used in addition to or instead of Machine Data when we want the change or
periodicity of the axis to have a different effect from the change of axis itself.
Topology Definition : Set method for topology generation
OGrid : Controls existence of O-grid in topology
OGrid Distance Factor : Factor controlling O-grid distance
Override Topology Pattern Orientation : When true, use the user specified topology
patterns at the leading and trailing edges
Leading Edge Topology Definition : Set topology type for leading edge
Trailing Edge Topology Definition : Set topology type for trailing edge
Override Blade Blocks Calculation : When true, use the following 3 parameters,
otherwise compute defaults
Number of Blade Blocks : Number of topological blocks along shortest side of blade
Blade Block Size Distribution : Blade block size distribution
Leading Edge Offset : Relative offset of first vertex away from leading edge
Trailing Edge Offset : Relative offset of first vertex away from trailing edge
Number Of Constant Blocks Leading To Trailing Edge : Number of constant size
elements from leading to trailing edge
Passage Block Length Scale Definition : Set method for defining background block
length scale for passage
Number of Passage Blocks : Number of topological blocks in passage from inlet to outlet
Number of Passage Blocks Across : Number of topological blocks across the passage
between periodic surfaces
Block Size Across Passage : Block size across passage
Topology Sense Block Counts : Topology sense block counts
Topology For Topology Sense Block Counts : Topology for topology sense block counts
Span Location : Span location
OGrid Distance : O-grid distance
OGrid Radius : O-grid radius
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 162 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
OGrid Curve Representation : Specifies if the curve representation of O-grid is Ruled or
Bspline.
Refined OGrid Geometry : Controls generation of refined O-grid geometry in topology
Leading Edge Cutoff OGrid Corner Vertices Method : Specifies if leading edge cutoff O-
grid corner vertices are or At Same AR or Project To OGrid from corresponding point on
blade.
Trailing Edge Cutoff OGrid Corner Vertices Method : Specifies if trailing edge cutoff O-
grid corner vertices are or At Same AR or Project To OGrid from corresponding point on
blade.
Use Improved Topology Heuristics For Upstream And Downstream Blocks : Use
improved topology heuristics for upstream and downstream blocks
Use Extrapolation From LE And TE For OGrid : Use extrapolation from LE And TE for
OGrid
Override Blade To Periodic Surface Calculation : When true, use the following 2
parameters, otherwise compute defaults
Number Of Blocks From Blade To Periodic Surface : Number of blocks from the blade
to the periodic surface
First Block Offset From Blade To Periodic Surface : Relative offset of first block away
from blade towards the periodic surface
Refined Blade To Periodic Block Count Heuristic : Controls use of refined blade to
periodic block count heuristic in topology
Number Of Blocks Upstream Of Blade : Number blocks upstream of leading edge of
blade
Number Of Blocks Downstream Of Blade : Number blocks downstream of trailing edge
of blade
Independent JGrid Patterns : Logical to control use of independent J-Grid patterns at the
leading and trailing edges
Project Edges To Inlet : Logical to control projection of topology edges near inlet to inlet
Project Edges To Outlet : Logical to control projection of topology edges near outlet to
outlet
Collapse Inlet Blocks : Logical to control collapse of blocks adjacent to inlet
Collapse Outlet Blocks : Logical to control collapse of blocks adjacent to outlet
Topology Matching Across Blade : Logical for setting topology matching across the blade
Topology Matching Definition To Blade : Set topology matching definition (orthogonality
method) across the blade

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 163
Override Blade To Inlet Surface Calculation : When true, use the following 2 parameters,
otherwise compute defaults
Number Of Blocks From Blade To Inlet Surface : Number of blocks from the blade to the
inlet surface
First Block Offset From Blade To Inlet Surface : Relative offset of first block away from
blade towards the inlet surface
Override Blade To Outlet Surface Calculation : When true, use the following 2
parameters, otherwise compute defaults
Number Of Blocks From Blade To Outlet Surface : Number of blocks from the blade to
the outlet surface
First Block Offset From Blade To Outlet Surface : Relative offset of first block away from
blade towards the outlet surface
Number Of Smoothing Iterations : Number of smoothing iterations
Projection Frequency : Frequency of smoothing iterations at which projection is to occur
Projection Persistence : Number of final smoothing iterations that Projection must occur
Smoothing Relaxation : Relaxation parameter for smoothing of grid
Smoothing Relaxation On Boundary : Relaxation parameter for smoothing on grid
boundary
Smoothing Expansion : Expansion factor limiter for smoothing on boundary
Periodic Node Projection : Set method for periodic node projection
One To One Periodicity Range : Set method for specifying one-to-one periodicity range
Override Not Matching Periodic Blocks Calculation : When true, use the following 2
parameters, otherwise compute defaults
Number Of Upstream Not Matching Periodic Blocks : Number of upstream not matching
periodic blocks
Number Of Downstream Not Matching Periodic Blocks : Number of downstream not
matching periodic blocks
Smoothing Space : Space for smoothing topology
Mesh Merge Tolerance : Tolerance for merging meshes
Number Of Vertices Floating On Centerlines : Number of vertices floating on centerlines
Default Expansion Factor : Default expansion factor
Use Full TurboTransform For Topology Vertex Locations From Label : When true, use
the full TurboTransform for topology vertex locations from label
Turbo Transform : A reference to the object holding the MST Turbo Transform

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 164 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Preserve Control Points : If true, then any existing control points will be maintained if the
topology changes. Otherwise they are deleted
Blade Edge Link : Forces TOPOLOGY to delay calculation of its own edges until BLADE
knows that all the leading/trailing edges have been calculated
Matching Blade Parameterization To Theta : Matching Blade Parameterization To Theta
Number Of Span Locations for Surface Approximation : Number Of Span Locations for
Surface Approximation
Override Number Of Span Locations for Surface Approximation : Override Number Of
Span Locations for Surface Approximation
Use Transformed Space for Faces :
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.
Actual Topology Definition : This is set by the TOPOLOGY object to reflect the mode that
was read from the file. The values should be the same as Topology Definition
Recommended Layer Count : The recommended number of layers based on geometry
and topology.

LAYER

Description
Named Object:

Allowed Sub-Objects
Optional Sub-Objects
SYMBOL CONTROL :
LAYER PREVIEW :
CONTROL POINT :
MASTER POINT :

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Layers List For Layer : Layers object
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 165
Span Location : Span location
Mesh Visibility : Controls display of the refined mesh
Topology Visibility : Controls display of the topology mesh
Master Topology Visibility : Controls display of the master topology mesh
Smoothing Iteration Mode :
Number Of Smoothing Iterations : Number of smoothing iterations
Projection Frequency : Frequency of smoothing iterations at which projection is to occur
Projection Persistence : Number of final smoothing iterations that Projection must occur
Refined Mesh Smoothing Iteration Mode :
Refined Mesh Number Of Smoothing Iterations : Number of smoothing iterations for
layer refined mesh
Refined Mesh Projection Frequency : Frequency of smoothing iterations at which
projection is to occur for layer refined mesh
Refined Mesh Projection Persistence : Number of final smoothing iterations that
Projection must occur for layer refined mesh
Smoothing Space : Space for smoothing topology
Mesh Data Link : Special parameter to force objects to redraw when the MESH DATA is
updated
Topology Link : Special parameter to force objects to recompute when the TOPOLOGY is
updated
Span Geometry Link : Special parameter to force LAYER to recompute its Span Geometry
as required
Mesh Data Turbo Link : Special parameter to force Layers to recompute when the hub to
tip transform changes.
Mesh Data Span Geometry Link : Special parameter to force LAYER to recompute its
Span Geometry as required
Mesh Data Set Link : Special parameter to force Layers to recompute when the lead/
trailing edge split factors change.
Control Point List : List of control points associated with a layer
Master Point List : List of master points associated with a layer
Override Point Size : If true, then control point symbol size specified by user, otherwise it
is calculated
Use Topology Smoothing Space : Controls source of smoothing space parameter for
layers

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 166 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
User Control Points : If false, layer topology automatically generated from Topology object
otherwise manual placement of points is enabled
Topology CRC : A number uniquely identifying a particular topology
Master Topology CRC : A number uniquely identifying a particular master topology
Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the
transparency of this graphics object in the viewer.
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object.
Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics object in the viewer.
Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object.
Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object.
Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object.
"Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values
on the current object.
Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer.
Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the
"Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the
"Colour Variable" parameter is used.
Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/
Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Colour Map : The name of the colour map to use when colouring the object.
Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object
instancing.
Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics
object in the viewer.
Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer.
Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer.
Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for
colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 167
Show Curve : Control whether a hub curve (for example) is shown as opposed to a hub
surface
Show Surface : Control whether a hub surface (for example) is shown as opposed to a hub
curve
Render Type : Controls which type of mesh to render
Turbo Transform : A reference to the object holding the MST Turbo Transform
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.
Smoothing Iteration Mode Translation : Number of smoothing iterations to use for
Smoothing Iteration Mode of Low, Medium, High
Refined Mesh Smoothing Iteration Mode Translation : Number of smoothing iterations
to use for Refined Mesh Smoothing Iteration Mode of Low, Medium, High

LAYER PREVIEW

Description
Named Object:

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the
transparency of this graphics object in the viewer.
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object.
Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics object in the viewer.
Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object.
Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object.
Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 168 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object.
"Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values
on the current object.
Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer.
Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the
"Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the
"Colour Variable" parameter is used.
Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/
Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Colour Map : The name of the colour map to use when colouring the object.
Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object
instancing.
Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics
object in the viewer.
Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer.
Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer.
Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for
colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Show Curve : Control whether a hub curve (for example) is shown as opposed to a hub
surface
Show Surface : Control whether a hub surface (for example) is shown as opposed to a hub
curve
Render Type : Controls which type of mesh to render
Turbo Transform : A reference to the object holding the MST Turbo Transform

CONTROL POINT

Description
Named Object:

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Layers List For Control Point : Layers object
Vertex ID : ID of vertex in connected mesh the control point is attached to
Move Action : Action to be performed when point is moved
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 169
Requested Position : An "input" parameter - the position we want to move the point to. May
not be the point it ends up at if (e.g.) the Point is constrained to a curve.
Movement Constraint : Constraints on motion of control point
Frame of Reference : Constraints on motion of control point
Symbol Size : A scaling factor for all symbols in the plot.
Point Symbol : Name of point symbol (non-directional) to be used for plot.
Normalized : If set On, all vectors are plotted with the same length (show direction only).
Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the
transparency of this graphics object in the viewer.
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object.
Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics object in the viewer.
Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object.
Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object.
Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Colour Map : The name of the colour map to use when colouring the object.
Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer.
Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the
"Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the
"Colour Variable" parameter is used.
Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/
Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for
colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer.
Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer.
Initializer : Objects which cause this object to be initialised if they change
Turbo Transform : A reference to the object holding the MST Turbo Transform
Symbol Control Object : Points to object used to control the sizes and types of symbols
globally
Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object
instancing.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 170 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics
object in the viewer.
Layer Render Link : Special parameter to force objects to redraw when the LAYER is
updated
Highlight Type : Indicates whether to highlight an object with a bounding box or to use a
wireframe of the object.
Internal Parameters
Actual Position : Actual position of a point specified by other means
Original Position : Original position of a point that can be moved by the user

Context Sensitive Settings


Context Controlling Parameter: Option
Allowed Context Settings: Not Periodic,Master,Slave

MASTER POINT

Description
Named Object:

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Layers List For Control Point : Layers object
Vertex ID : ID of vertex in connected mesh the control point is attached to
Move Action : Action to be performed when point is moved
Requested Position : An "input" parameter - the position we want to move the point to. May
not be the point it ends up at if (e.g.) the Point is constrained to a curve.
Distribute On Master Edge : Logical to control distribution of vertices on master edge
Movement Constraint : Constraints on motion of control point
Frame of Reference : Constraints on motion of control point
Symbol Size : A scaling factor for all symbols in the plot.
Point Symbol : Name of point symbol (non-directional) to be used for plot.
Normalized : If set On, all vectors are plotted with the same length (show direction only).

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 171
Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the
transparency of this graphics object in the viewer.
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object.
Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics object in the viewer.
Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object.
Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object.
Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Colour Map : The name of the colour map to use when colouring the object.
Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer.
Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the
"Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the
"Colour Variable" parameter is used.
Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/
Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for
colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer.
Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer.
Initializer : Objects which cause this object to be initialised if they change
Turbo Transform : A reference to the object holding the MST Turbo Transform
Symbol Control Object : Points to object used to control the sizes and types of symbols
globally
Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object
instancing.
Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics
object in the viewer.
Layer Render Link : Special parameter to force objects to redraw when the LAYER is
updated
Highlight Type : Indicates whether to highlight an object with a bounding box or to use a
wireframe of the object.
Internal Parameters
Actual Position : Actual position of a point specified by other means
Original Position : Original position of a point that can be moved by the user
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 172 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
EDGE SPLIT CONTROL

Description
Named Object:

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Edge Name : The name of a topology edge.
Chain Edge Index : The index of a specific chain edge in a topology edge.
Split Factor : A multiplier for the default edge split number.
Actual Edge Count : The actual edge count that will be used as a result of the split factor.

MESH DATA

Description
Singleton Object:

Allowed Sub-Objects
Optional Sub-Objects
EDGE SPLIT CONTROL :

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Topology List For Mesh : List of topologies
Blade List For Mesh : List of the Blade objects in the domain
Mesh Generation : String to control Hub to Shroud mesh generation method.
Shroud Tip List For Mesh : List of shroud tip objects
Hub List For Mesh : List of the Hub objects in the domain
Shroud List For Mesh : List of the Shroud objects in the domain
Periodic List For Mesh : List of the Periodic objects in the domain
Inlet List For Mesh : List of the Inlet objects in the domain

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 173
Outlet List For Mesh : List of the Outlet objects in the domain
Mesh Size Specification Mode : Method of specify the desired mesh size
Target Mesh Granularity :
Target Mesh Node Count : Number of desired nodes in mesh
Number Of Elements Per Block Edge : Number of elements that each block edge is to be
divided
Number Of Vertices : Total number of vertices
Number Of Elements : Total number of elements
Hub To Shroud Distribution Option : which parameter user will specify
Number Of Span Vertices : Number of vertices in span direction from hub to shroud
Number Of Span Elements : Number of elements in span direction from hub to shroud
Number Of OGrid Elements : Number of elements from inside to outside of Ogrid
OGrid : Controls existence of O-grid in topology
OGrid Distribution Option : which parameter user will specify
Number Of Smoothing Iterations : Number of smoothing iterations
Projection Frequency : Frequency of smoothing iterations at which projection is to occur
Projection Persistence : Number of final smoothing iterations that Projection must occur
Smoothing Relaxation : Relaxation parameter for smoothing of grid
Smoothing Relaxation On Boundary : Relaxation parameter for smoothing on grid
boundary
Smoothing Expansion : Expansion factor limiter for smoothing on boundary
Number Of Topological Blocks : Number of topological blocks
Number Of Hub To Tip Elements : Number of elements from hub to tip
Hub To Tip Vertex Distribution : Hub to tip vertex distribution
Tip To Shroud Distribution Option : which parameter user will specify
Number Of Tip To Shroud Elements : Number of elements from tip to shroud
Blade Vertex Offset : Relative offset of first vertex away from Blade
Hub Vertex Offset : Relative offset of first vertex away from Hub
Shroud Vertex Offset : Relative offset of first vertex away from Shroud
Tip Vertex Offset : Relative offset of first vertex away from Tip
Blade Vertex Distance : Absolute offset of first vertex away from Blade
Hub Vertex Distance : Absolute offset of first vertex away from Hub

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 174 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Shroud Vertex Distance : Absolute offset of first vertex away from Shroud
Tip Vertex Distance : Absolute offset of first vertex away from Tip
Blade Vertex YPlus : YPlus offset of first vertex away from Blade
Hub Vertex YPlus : YPlus offset of first vertex away from Hub
Shroud Vertex YPlus : YPlus offset of first vertex away from Shroud
Tip Vertex YPlus : YPlus offset of first vertex away from Tip
Blade End Ratio : Ratio of smallest OGrid element to largest
Hub End Ratio : Ratio of smallest element, hub to shroud (or tip) to largest
Tip End Ratio : Ratio of smallest element to largest element between tip and shroud
Vertex Offset Specification Mode : Method for specifying distance of first vertex from
geometry
Reynolds Number : Reynolds number used for computing YPlus
Number Of Constant Elements Hub To Shroud : Number of constant size elements from
hub to shroud
Number Of Constant Elements Hub To Tip : Number of constant size elements from hub
to tip
Number Of Constant Elements Tip To Shroud : Number of constant size elements from
tip to shroud
Boundary Layer Specification Mode : Method for specifying distance of boundary layers
on Hub and Shroud
Hub Boundary Layer Distribution Option : which parameter user will specify
Hub Boundary Layer Offset : Relative offset of Hub boundary layer
Hub Boundary Layer Distance : Absolute offset of Hub boundary layer
Hub Boundary Layer Number Of Elements : Number of elements in Hub boundary layer
Hub Boundary Layer Expansion Rate : Mesh expansion rate from the hub
Shroud Boundary Layer Distribution Option : which parameter user will specify
Shroud Boundary Layer Offset : Relative offset of Shroud boundary layer
Shroud Boundary Layer Distance : Absolute offset of Shroud boundary layer
Shroud Boundary Layer Number Of Elements : Number of elements in Shroud boundary
layer
Shroud Boundary Layer Expansion Rate : Mesh expansion rate from the hub
Between Boundary Layers Distribution Option : Method for specifying distribution
between boundary layers

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 175
Between Boundary Layers End Ratio : Ratio of smallest element, between Boundary
Layers to largest
Between Boundary Layers Number Of Elements : Number of elements between
boundary layers
Between Boundary Layers Number Of Const Elements : Number of const elements
between boundary layers
OGrid Mesh Expansion Rate : Mesh expansion rate from the blade
Inlet Domain : Logical flag to control Inlet domain mesh generation
Outlet Domain : Logical flag to control Outlet domain mesh generation
Override Inlet Element Count Calculation : When true, use the Number Of Inlet Elements
specified by the user
Override Outlet Element Count Calculation : When true, use the Number Of Outlet
Elements specified by the user
Number Of Inlet Elements : Number of elements on longest of hub or shroud curve portion
in outlet domain
Number Of Outlet Elements : Number of elements on longest of hub or shroud curve
portion in outlet domain
HGrid At Inlet : Logical flag to control HGrid at Inlet
HGrid At Outlet : Logical flag to control HGrid at Outlet
HGrid in Parametric Space at Inlet : Logical flag to control HGrid at Inlet in Parametric
Space
HGrid in Parametric Space at Outlet : Logical flag to control HGrid at Outlet in Parametric
Space
Hub And Shroud Node Distribution For Inlet And Outlet : Hub and shroud node
distribution for inlet and outlet
Tip Topology Definition : Set method for tip topology generation
Number Of Tip Elements : Number of elements across blade tip surface
Override Tip Element Count Calculation : When true, use the Number Of Tip Elements
specified by the user
Number Of Leading Edge Tip Elements : Number of elements in butterfly section near
leading edge on blade tip surface
Number Of Trailing Edge Tip Elements : Number of elements in butterfly section near
trailing edge on blade tip surface
GGI Tip Angle To Switch Mean Line Into Cut Off Corner : Defines the maximum angle
at which GGI tip mean line will go into sharp cut off corner

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 176 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Use Isogeometric Scheme For Mesh Inside GGI Tip : Defines the use of isogeometric
scheme for meshing inside the tip
Default Expansion Factor : Default expansion factor
Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the
transparency of this graphics object in the viewer.
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Span Location Control : Logical flag to control span location
Span Location : Span location
OGrid Distance Definition : Set method for OGrid distance definition
Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object.
Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics object in the viewer.
Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object.
Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object.
Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object.
"Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values
on the current object.
Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer.
Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the
"Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the
"Colour Variable" parameter is used.
Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/
Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Colour Map : The name of the colour map to use when colouring the object.
Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object
instancing.
Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics
object in the viewer.
Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer.
Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer.
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 177
Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for
colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Show Curve : Control whether a hub curve (for example) is shown as opposed to a hub
surface
Show Surface : Control whether a hub surface (for example) is shown as opposed to a hub
curve
Turbo Transform : A reference to the object holding the MST Turbo Transform
TFI Mesh Generation : Use TFI mesh generation if on
Elliptic Mesh Smoothing On Geometry Faces : Use Elliptic Mesh Smoothing On
Geometry Faces if on
Number Of Elliptic Mesh Smoothing Iterations : Number of smoothing iterations
Elliptic Mesh Smoothing Projection Frequency : Frequency of elliptic mesh smoothing
iterations at which projection is to occur
Elliptic Mesh Smoothing Relaxation : Relaxation parameter for elliptic smoothing of grid
Edge Split Factor List : List of edge split factor objects
Surface Mesh Using Layers Option : Specifies the usage of layers information for surface
mesh from hub to shroud
Use Improved Element Matching At OGrid :
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.
Target Mesh Granularity Translation :
Edge Split Control to Edit :
Number Of Vertices In Passage : Total number of vertices in passage domain
Number Of Elements In Passage : Total number of elements in passage domain
Number Of Vertices In Inlet : Total number of vertices in inlet domain
Number Of Elements In Inlet : Total number of elements in inlet domain
Number Of Vertices In Outlet : Total number of vertices in outlet domain
Number Of Elements In Outlet : Total number of elements in outlet domain

MESH DISPLAY

Description
Singleton Object:

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 178 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Allowed Sub-Objects
Optional Sub-Objects
TURBO SURFACE : A locator generated by the surface which passes through a constant
value of a specified variable.
SURFACE GROUP : Creates a group of surface plot on a given list of locators.

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Mesh Data to Mesh Display Link : Special parameter to force MESH DISPLAY to update
when the MESH DATA is updated
Hidden in Viewer List : If this is not empty it is the list of objects that were hidden in the
viewer by pressing the hide button.
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.

MESH QUALITY

Description
Singleton Object:

Allowed Parameters
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.

LAYERS

Description
Singleton Object:

Allowed Sub-Objects
Optional Sub-Objects
LAYER :

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 179
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Autogenerate Layers at Mesh Creation : If true, TG will create layers as required before
mesh is created
Orthogonality Factor On Hub : Factor for controlling degree of orthogonality across blade
on the hub layer
Orthogonality Factor On Shroud : Factor for controlling degree of orthogonality across
blade on the shroud layer
Leading And Trailing Edge O-Grid Control Point Method:
Default Control Point Type : Controls whether inserted control points will default to
MASTER or LOCAL
Hidden in Viewer List : If this is not empty it is the list of objects that were hidden in the
viewer by pressing the hide button.
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.

USER DEFINED

Description
Singleton Object:

Allowed Sub-Objects
Optional Sub-Objects
STREAMLINE : Calculates streamline plots, and eventually ribbons and tubes
POINT : Defines a point using X, Y and Z coordinates.
POLYLINE : A locator defined by multiple sets of points read from a data file or by the
intersection of a boundary and a locator. The points may have local (path) variables
associated with them. The polyline can interact with CFD data and can be coloured using
path variables or domain variables.
SUBDOMAIN : A volume region of a domain defined as a subdomain.
WIREFRAME : Plots an outline of the domain given by edges between elements with
greater than the specified angle.
SYMBOL : An internal object representing a plotting symbol.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 180 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
ISOSURFACE : A locator generated by the surface which passes through a constant value
of a specified variable.
TURBO SURFACE : A locator generated by the surface which passes through a constant
value of a specified variable.
USER SURFACE : Allows the user to read an external file while contains elements
describing a general 3D surface, with local variable values optionally specified on each
node. The surface can interact with CFD data and can be coloured using local variables
or domain variables.
PLANE : A general object to describe a plane through the domain. Slice planes (which can
be bounded) and sample planes are supported.
CLIP PLANE : Defines a plane that can be used to clip graphics in the viewer.
VOLUME : An object that contains a subset of the volume elements of the domains it is
defined on. Options are provided to specify how that subset is defined.
LINE : Defines a line object.
CONTOUR : Creates a contour plot on a given list of locators.
SURFACE GROUP : Creates a group of surface plot on a given list of locators.
DEFAULT INSTANCE TRANSFORM : Specifies the default instance transformation.
INSTANCE TRANSFORM : Specifies an instance transformation for visibility of the object,
consisting of a rotation and a number of copies of the original object to produce.
LEGEND : Creates a labelled colour bar to show to legend associated with the named plot.
TEXT : A single piece of text. This text item can be attached to a point on screen (specified
in two dimensions), or attached to a point in three dimensions, following that point through
any viewer transformations. Font, size, colour, rotation and justification options are
provided.
CHART : This object is used to create a chart and specify general chart parameters,
including the CHART LINE objects that define the chart lines.
CHART LINE : This object defines the variable, line style, symbol style, and colours to use
for a chart line.

Allowed Parameters
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 181
MACHINE DATA

Description
Singleton Object:

Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Shroud Name for Machine Data Image : Name of the Hub object for drawing the Machine
Data symbol. Makes the blade recalculate its trim and extensions when the file or the
extensions angles change.
Optional Parameters
Rotation Axis Type : Specifies the rotation axis type in the transformation. If it is set to
"Principal Axis", Principal Axis parameter setting is used. If it is set to "Rotation Axis",
parameters Rotation Axis From and Rotation Axis To are used for the axis definition.
Bladeset Count : Number of sets of blades in a full circle of the stage
Principal Axis : Specifies the principal axis used in instance rotation.
Rotation Axis From : An XYZ triple defining the first point of the rotation axis.
Rotation Axis To : An XYZ triple defining the second point of the rotation axis.
Input Filename : The filename to read the data from
Blades Per Bladeset : Number of blades in the bladeset we are analysing
File Length Units : Length units read from the file.
Effectively Zero Radius : Value to be considered zero radius
Initial State : Set true when setting the object to the state it is in at startup. Set false by any
other changes. Used in Object State determination. Should be set in initialisation file.
Symbol Size : A scaling factor for all symbols in the plot.
Turbo Transform Background Mesh Size : Background mesh size of full Turbo Transform
Turbo Transform Background Mesh Size For Topology : Background mesh size of full
Turbo Transform for Topology
Surface Extension Factor : Factor used to extend blade surfaces defined by stack of
profiles to ensure intersection with hub and shroud
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 182 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
HUB

Description
Singleton Object:

Allowed Sub-Objects
Optional Sub-Objects
PROFILE POINT :
GEO LINE :
COMBINED TRANSFORM :

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Input Filename : The filename to read the data from
Coordinate Frame Type : Whether coordinates are cylindrical or Cartesian
Input Angle Units : The units of angle for this file
Curve Representation : Specifies if the curve representation of blade, hub or shroud is
Ruled or Bspline.
Input Length Units : The units of length for this file
Translation Vector : Specifies the translation vector.
Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the
transparency of this graphics object in the viewer.
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object.
Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics object in the viewer.
Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object.
Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object.
Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 183
Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object.
"Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values
on the current object.
Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer.
Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the
"Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the
"Colour Variable" parameter is used.
Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/
Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for
colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object
instancing.
Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics
object in the viewer.
Render Edge Angle : The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a
wireframe.
Show Curve : Control whether a hub curve (for example) is shown as opposed to a hub
surface
Show Surface : Control whether a hub surface (for example) is shown as opposed to a hub
curve
Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer.
Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer.
Colour Map : The name of the colour map to use when colouring the object.
Machine Data : Name of object specifying the axis and angle of the stage
Periodic List : List of the periodics in the domain
Inlet Point : The point representing the inlet position (Low theta) on a HUB or SHROUD
Outlet Point : The point representing the outlet position (Low theta) on a HUB or SHROUD
Inlet Theta : The angle the blade passage makes with a vector normal to the axis
Outlet Theta : The angle the blade passage makes with a vector normal to the axis
Inlet Cut : The S value along the Hub or Shroud curve to place the extreme inlet end at
Outlet Cut : The S value along the Hub or Shroud curve to place the extreme outlet end at
Turbo Transform : A reference to the object holding the MST Turbo Transform
Visibility In Transformed Coordinates : True if this object is to be displayed in the
transformed coordinates

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 184 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Affine Transform : List of transforms that make up the combined transform
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.
Load Time : An integer giving the time at which this file was last loaded. May be the output
of time() or may not.

SHROUD

Description
Singleton Object:

Allowed Sub-Objects
Optional Sub-Objects
PROFILE POINT :
GEO LINE :
COMBINED TRANSFORM :

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Input Filename : The filename to read the data from
Coordinate Frame Type : Whether coordinates are cylindrical or Cartesian
Input Angle Units : The units of angle for this file
Curve Representation : Specifies if the curve representation of blade, hub or shroud is
Ruled or Bspline.
Input Length Units : The units of length for this file
Translation Vector : Specifies the translation vector.
Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the
transparency of this graphics object in the viewer.
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object.
Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics object in the viewer.
Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 185
Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object.
Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object.
"Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values
on the current object.
Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer.
Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the
"Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the
"Colour Variable" parameter is used.
Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/
Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for
colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Colour Map : The name of the colour map to use when colouring the object.
Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object
instancing.
Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics
object in the viewer.
Render Edge Angle : The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a
wireframe.
Show Curve : Control whether a hub curve (for example) is shown as opposed to a hub
surface
Show Surface : Control whether a hub surface (for example) is shown as opposed to a hub
curve
Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer.
Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer.
Machine Data : Name of object specifying the axis and angle of the stage
Periodic List : List of the periodics in the domain
Inlet Point : The point representing the inlet position (Low theta) on a HUB or SHROUD
Outlet Point : The point representing the outlet position (Low theta) on a HUB or SHROUD

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 186 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Inlet Theta : The angle the blade passage makes with a vector normal to the axis
Outlet Theta : The angle the blade passage makes with a vector normal to the axis
Inlet Cut : The S value along the Hub or Shroud curve to place the extreme inlet end at
Outlet Cut : The S value along the Hub or Shroud curve to place the extreme outlet end at
Turbo Transform : A reference to the object holding the MST Turbo Transform
Visibility In Transformed Coordinates : True if this object is to be displayed in the
transformed coordinates
Affine Transform : List of transforms that make up the combined transform
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.
Load Time : An integer giving the time at which this file was last loaded. May be the output
of time() or may not.

BLADE

Description
Named Object:

Allowed Sub-Objects
Optional Sub-Objects
GEO LINE :
HUB TIP :
SHROUD TIP :
COMBINED TRANSFORM :

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Input Filename : The filename to read the data from
Coordinate Frame Type : Whether coordinates are cylindrical or Cartesian
Input Angle Units : The units of angle for this file
Surface Representation : Specifies if the surface representation of blade is Ruled or
Bspline.
Blade Surface Creation Method : Specifies the method for blade surface creation.
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 187
Curve Representation : Specifies if the curve representation of blade, hub or shroud is
Ruled or Bspline.
Simplify Curves : Logical flag to control simplification of curves
Edge Links : Special parameter to force BLADE:centreline to fire after the leading and
trailing edges are calculated
Input Length Units : The units of length for this file
Hub Name For Blade : Name of the Hub object for Blade Surfaces. Makes the blade
recalculate its trim and extensions when the file or the extensions angles change.
Shroud Name For Blade : Name of the Shroud object for Blade Surfaces. Makes the blade
recalculate its trim and extensions when the file or the extensions angles change.
Theta Controllers For Blade : List of the objects that control the angle of the inlet and outlet
passages. Makes the blade recalculate its extensions when the extensions angles change.
Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the
transparency of this graphics object in the viewer.
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object.
Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics object in the viewer.
Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object.
Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object.
Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object.
"Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values
on the current object.
Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer.
Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the
"Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the
"Colour Variable" parameter is used.
Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/
Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for
colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 188 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object
instancing.
Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics
object in the viewer.
Render Edge Angle : The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a
wireframe.
Show Curve : Control whether a hub curve (for example) is shown as opposed to a hub
surface
Show Surface : Control whether a hub surface (for example) is shown as opposed to a hub
curve
Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer.
Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer.
Colour Map : The name of the colour map to use when colouring the object.
Machine Data : Name of object specifying the axis and angle of the stage
Leading Edge Method : How to find the leading edge automatically
Trailing Edge Method : How to find the leading edge automatically
Turbo Transform For Blade : A reference to the object holding the MST Turbo Transform.
Must ensure TURBO TRANSFORM is set up before Blade is read.
Turbo Transform : A reference to the object holding the MST Turbo Transform
Periodic Surface Bias : Biasing to control placement of periodic surfaces relative to blade
centreline
Visibility In Transformed Coordinates : True if this object is to be displayed in the
transformed coordinates
Leading Edge Type : whether there is one leading edge, a double edge with sharp corners
of a double edge with rounded corners
Trailing Edge Type : whether there is one leading edge, a double edge with sharp corners
of a double edge with rounded corners
Vertices On Line Of Rotation At Leading Edge : Logical to control forcing vertices to lie
on line of rotation at inlet for cut-off leading edge
Vertices On Line Of Rotation At Trailing Edge : Logical to control forcing vertices to lie
on line of rotation at inlet for cut-off trailing edge
Tip Names For Blade : Special parameter to force BLADE:top to fire after the tip objects
Tip Names For Blade Distance : Special parameter to force BLADE:tip to fire after the tip
objects

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 189
Edge Trigger : Used to trigger a recalculation of the Blade surfaces after the leading edges
have changed.
Length Scale Multiplier : Multiplier of length to use as a maximum ICEM tolerance
Affine Transform : List of transforms that make up the combined transform
Locate Leading And Trailing Edges From Average : If true will try to enforce constant
number of points in profiles defining the blade surface.
Ignore Leading And Trailing Tags From Profiles : If true leading and trailing tags in
profiles will be ignored.
Internal Parameters
Length Scale : Length to use as a maximum ICEM tolerance
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.
Minimum Bounding Box : Minimum X, Y, Z of bounding box
Maximum Bounding Box : Maximum X, Y, Z of bounding box
Profile Count : Number of the blade profiles
Blade Height :
Load Time : An integer giving the time at which this file was last loaded. May be the output
of time() or may not.

INLET

Description
Singleton Object:

Allowed Sub-Objects
Optional Sub-Objects
GEO POINT :

Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Start Point : The point name at which the line starts
End Point : The point name at which the line starts
Hub Shroud Links : Special parameter to force INLET and OUTLET to fire after HUB and
SHROUD

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 190 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Optional Parameters
Intermediate Points : Points that lie between the start and end point
Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the
transparency of this graphics object in the viewer.
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Domain Visibility : Controls display of the walls surrounding the inlet/outlet domains
Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object.
Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics object in the viewer.
Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object.
Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object.
Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object.
"Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values
on the current object.
Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer.
Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the
"Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the
"Colour Variable" parameter is used.
Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/
Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Colour Map : The name of the colour map to use when colouring the object.
Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object
instancing.
Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics
object in the viewer.
Render Edge Angle : The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a
wireframe.
Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer.
Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 191
Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for
colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Show Curve : Control whether a hub curve (for example) is shown as opposed to a hub
surface
Show Surface : Control whether a hub surface (for example) is shown as opposed to a hub
curve
Input Filename : The filename to read the data from
Override Automatic Angles : Whether the blade passage follows the blade or is set by the
user
Hub Angle : The angle of the blade passage at the hub
Shroud Angle : The angle of the blade passage at the shroud
Fully Extend : Whether the inlet or outlet are fully extended
Generate Intermediate Points : flag indicating whether inlet/outlet intermediate points
should be automatically generated.
Maximum Intermediate Points : The maximum number of intermediate points that will be
automatically generated.
Target Tolerance : The desired tolerance of the inlet curve to the perfect curve. It is a
number between 0 and 1 and represents a fraction of the distance from the inlet to the blade.
Machine Data : Name of object specifying the axis and angle of the stage
Turbo Transform : A reference to the object holding the MST Turbo Transform
Visibility In Transformed Coordinates : True if this object is to be displayed in the
transformed coordinates
Curve Representation : Specifies if the curve representation of blade, hub or shroud is
Ruled or Bspline.
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.
Default Hub Angle : The angle of the blade passage at the hub when it follows the blade.
not set by the user.
Default Shroud Angle : The angle of the blade passage at the shroud when it follows the
blade. not set by the user.

OUTLET

Description
Singleton Object:
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 192 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Allowed Sub-Objects
Optional Sub-Objects
GEO POINT :

Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Start Point : The point name at which the line starts
End Point : The point name at which the line starts
Hub Shroud Links : Special parameter to force INLET and OUTLET to fire after HUB and
SHROUD
Optional Parameters
Intermediate Points : Points that lie between the start and end point
Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the
transparency of this graphics object in the viewer.
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Domain Visibility : Controls display of the walls surrounding the inlet/outlet domains
Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object.
Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics object in the viewer.
Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object.
Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object.
Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object.
"Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values
on the current object.
Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer.
Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the
"Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the
"Colour Variable" parameter is used.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 193
Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/
Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Colour Map : The name of the colour map to use when colouring the object.
Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object
instancing.
Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics
object in the viewer.
Render Edge Angle : The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a
wireframe.
Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer.
Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer.
Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for
colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Show Curve : Control whether a hub curve (for example) is shown as opposed to a hub
surface
Show Surface : Control whether a hub surface (for example) is shown as opposed to a hub
curve
Input Filename : The filename to read the data from
Override Automatic Angles : Whether the blade passage follows the blade or is set by the
user
Hub Angle : The angle of the blade passage at the hub
Shroud Angle : The angle of the blade passage at the shroud
Fully Extend : Whether the inlet or outlet are fully extended
Generate Intermediate Points : flag indicating whether inlet/outlet intermediate points
should be automatically generated.
Maximum Intermediate Points : The maximum number of intermediate points that will be
automatically generated.
Target Tolerance : The desired tolerance of the inlet curve to the perfect curve. It is a
number between 0 and 1 and represents a fraction of the distance from the inlet to the blade.
Machine Data : Name of object specifying the axis and angle of the stage
Turbo Transform : A reference to the object holding the MST Turbo Transform
Visibility In Transformed Coordinates : True if this object is to be displayed in the
transformed coordinates
Curve Representation : Specifies if the curve representation of blade, hub or shroud is
Ruled or Bspline.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 194 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.
Default Hub Angle : The angle of the blade passage at the hub when it follows the blade.
not set by the user.
Default Shroud Angle : The angle of the blade passage at the shroud when it follows the
blade. not set by the user.

HIGH PERIODIC

Description
Singleton Object:

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Blade List For Periodic : List of the blades in the domain
Opening List For Periodic : List of openings for the periodic surfaces
Machine Data : Name of object specifying the axis and angle of the stage
Machine Data Angle : Name of object specifying the axis and angle of the stage. This
Parameter is used in addition to or instead of Machine Data when we want the change or
periodicity of the axis to have a different effect from the change of axis itself.
Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the
transparency of this graphics object in the viewer.
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object.
Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics object in the viewer.
Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object.
Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object.
Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 195
Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object.
"Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values
on the current object.
Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer.
Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the
"Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the
"Colour Variable" parameter is used.
Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/
Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for
colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object
instancing.
Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics
object in the viewer.
Render Edge Angle : The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a
wireframe.
Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer.
Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer.
Colour Map : The name of the colour map to use when colouring the object.
Show Curve : Control whether a hub curve (for example) is shown as opposed to a hub
surface
Show Surface : Control whether a hub surface (for example) is shown as opposed to a hub
curve
Turbo Transform : A reference to the object holding the MST Turbo Transform
Visibility In Transformed Coordinates : True if this object is to be displayed in the
transformed coordinates
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.

LOW PERIODIC

Description
Singleton Object:

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 196 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Blade List For Periodic : List of the blades in the domain
Opening List For Periodic : List of openings for the periodic surfaces
Machine Data : Name of object specifying the axis and angle of the stage
Machine Data Angle : Name of object specifying the axis and angle of the stage. This
Parameter is used in addition to or instead of Machine Data when we want the change or
periodicity of the axis to have a different effect from the change of axis itself.
Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the
transparency of this graphics object in the viewer.
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object.
Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics object in the viewer.
Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object.
Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object.
Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object.
"Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values
on the current object.
Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer.
Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the
"Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the
"Colour Variable" parameter is used.
Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/
Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for
colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object
instancing.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 197
Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics
object in the viewer.
Render Edge Angle : The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a
wireframe.
Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer.
Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer.
Colour Map : The name of the colour map to use when colouring the object.
Show Curve : Control whether a hub curve (for example) is shown as opposed to a hub
surface
Show Surface : Control whether a hub surface (for example) is shown as opposed to a hub
curve
Turbo Transform : A reference to the object holding the MST Turbo Transform
Visibility In Transformed Coordinates : True if this object is to be displayed in the
transformed coordinates
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.

GEO POINT

Description
Named Object:

Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Option : A generic parameter used to define the context setting for a variety of objects.
Optional Parameters
Requested Position : An "input" parameter - the position we want to move the point to. May
not be the point it ends up at if (e.g.) the Point is constrained to a curve.
Requested ART : An "input" parameter - the position we want to move the point to. May not
be the point it ends up at if (e.g.) the Point is constrained to a curve.
AR Location Method : Method to locate point in A-R space
Symbol Size : A scaling factor for all symbols in the plot.
Point Symbol : Name of point symbol (non-directional) to be used for plot.
Normalized : If set On, all vectors are plotted with the same length (show direction only).
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 198 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Machine Data : Name of object specifying the axis and angle of the stage
Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the
transparency of this graphics object in the viewer.
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object.
Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics object in the viewer.
Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object.
Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object.
Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Colour Map : The name of the colour map to use when colouring the object.
Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer.
Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the
"Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the
"Colour Variable" parameter is used.
Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/
Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for
colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer.
Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer.
Initializer : Objects which cause this object to be initialised if they change
Turbo Transform : A reference to the object holding the MST Turbo Transform
Symbol Control Object : Points to object used to control the sizes and types of symbols
globally
Highlight Type : Indicates whether to highlight an object with a bounding box or to use a
wireframe of the object.
Internal Parameters
Actual Position : Actual position of a point specified by other means
Actual ART : Actual position of a point specified by other means
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.

Context Sensitive Settings


Context Controlling Parameter: Option
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 199
Allowed Context Settings: Not Periodic,Master,Slave

Option = Not Periodic


Optional Parameters
Constraining Object : The curve or surface the point is constrained to. Blank for no
constraints.
Constraining Subobject : The particular ICEM object of the Constraining Object.If blank it
expects there to be only one subobject.

Option = Master
Optional Parameters
Constraining Object : The curve or surface the point is constrained to. Blank for no
constraints.
Constraining Subobject : The particular ICEM object of the Constraining Object.If blank it
expects there to be only one subobject.
Periodic Point : The other point of a periodic pair
Low Periodic : True if this point is the low periodic half of a pair

Option = Slave
Optional Parameters
Periodic Point : The other point of a periodic pair
Low Periodic : True if this point is the low periodic half of a pair

PROFILE POINT

Description
Named Object:

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Requested Position : An "input" parameter - the position we want to move the point to. May
not be the point it ends up at if (e.g.) the Point is constrained to a curve.
Symbol Size : A scaling factor for all symbols in the plot.
Point Symbol : Name of point symbol (non-directional) to be used for plot.
Normalized : If set On, all vectors are plotted with the same length (show direction only).
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 200 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the
transparency of this graphics object in the viewer.
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object.
Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics object in the viewer.
Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object.
Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object.
Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Colour Map : The name of the colour map to use when colouring the object.
Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer.
Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the
"Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the
"Colour Variable" parameter is used.
Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/
Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for
colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer.
Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer.
Blade Name : Name of the blade on which this point lies
Profile Number : Number of the blade profile on which this point lies
Get Visibility From : The object whose visibility we should follow. We also get Colour from
it, which is why it needs local type "colour", and remote type "render" so that it fires when
visibility changes on the parent.
Turbo Transform : A reference to the object holding the MST Turbo Transform
Symbol Control Object : Points to object used to control the sizes and types of symbols
globally
Highlight Type : Indicates whether to highlight an object with a bounding box or to use a
wireframe of the object.
Internal Parameters
Actual Position : Actual position of a point specified by other means
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 201
GEO LINE

Description
Named Object:

Allowed Sub-Objects
Optional Sub-Objects
GEO POINT :
PROFILE POINT :

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Point List : Points of a curve
Constraining Object For Line : The surface the line should lie on. Also used to determine
whether the line should be drawn as a spline or an unstructured line
Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the
transparency of this graphics object in the viewer.
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object.
Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics object in the viewer.
Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object.
Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object.
Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object.
"Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values
on the current object.
Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 202 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the
"Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the
"Colour Variable" parameter is used.
Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/
Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for
colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Show Curve : Control whether a hub curve (for example) is shown as opposed to a hub
surface
Show Surface : Control whether a hub surface (for example) is shown as opposed to a hub
curve
Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer.
Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer.
Colour Map : The name of the colour map to use when colouring the object.
Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object
instancing.
Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics
object in the viewer.
Turbo Transform : A reference to the object holding the MST Turbo Transform
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.

MESH ANALYSIS

Description
Singleton Object:

Allowed Sub-Objects
Optional Sub-Objects
ISOSURFACE : A locator generated by the surface which passes through a constant value
of a specified variable.
VOLUME : An object that contains a subset of the volume elements of the domains it is
defined on. Options are provided to specify how that subset is defined.
MESH STATISTICS :
MESH LIMITS :
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 203
Allowed Parameters
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.

MESH STATISTICS

Description
Singleton Object:

Allowed Sub-Objects
Optional Sub-Objects
MESH ANALYSIS MEASURE :

Allowed Parameters
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.

MESH LIMITS

Description
Singleton Object:

Allowed Sub-Objects
Optional Sub-Objects
MESH MEASURE LIMIT :

Allowed Parameters
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 204 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
MESH ANALYSIS MEASURE

Description
Named Object:

Allowed Sub-Objects
Optional Sub-Objects
MESH ANALYSIS DOMAIN :

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Variable : The name of the variable used to create the object. Should be set equal to the
name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.
Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object.
Local Domain List : Used by MESH ANALYSIS MEASURE to ensure that it fires after all
the MESH ANALYSIS DOMAIN objects it contains
Internal Parameters
Min Result : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the
min result of evaluation.
Max Result : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the
max result of evaluation.
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.
Fraction Outside Limit : The fraction of the nodes of this domain outside the mesh analysis
limits
Number of Nodes : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to
store the number of nodes.

MESH ANALYSIS DOMAIN

Description
Named Object:

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 205
Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object.
Limit Object : The object specifying the acceptable limits of this mesh measure
Optional Parameters
Variable : The name of the variable used to create the object. Should be set equal to the
name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.
Internal Parameters
Min Result : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the
min result of evaluation.
Max Result : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the
max result of evaluation.
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.
Fraction Outside Limit : The fraction of the nodes of this domain outside the mesh analysis
limits
Number of Nodes : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to
store the number of nodes.

MESH MEASURE LIMIT

Description
Named Object:

Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Option : A generic parameter used to define the context setting for a variety of objects.
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.

Context Sensitive Settings


Context Controlling Parameter: Option
Allowed Context Settings: Maximum, Minimum, Range

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 206 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Option = Maximum
Essential Parameters
Max Limit : The maximum value of the valid range of a Mesh Limit object
Optional Parameters
Min Limit : The minimum value of the valid range of a Mesh Limit object

Option = Minimum
Essential Parameters
Min Limit : The minimum value of the valid range of a Mesh Limit object
Optional Parameters
Max Limit : The maximum value of the valid range of a Mesh Limit object

Option = Range
Essential Parameters
Max Limit : The maximum value of the valid range of a Mesh Limit object
Min Limit : The minimum value of the valid range of a Mesh Limit object

DOMAIN

Description
Named Object: An automatically created object for each domain read from the results file.

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Profile Count : Number of the blade profiles

TURBO TRANSFORM

Description
Singleton Object:

Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 207
Hub Name For Transform : Name of the Hub object for Blade Surfaces. Makes the blade
recalculate its trim and extensions when the file or the extensions angles change.
Shroud Name For Transform : Name of the Shroud object for Blade Surfaces. Makes the
blade recalculate its trim and extensions when the file or the extensions angles change.
Machine Data : Name of object specifying the axis and angle of the stage
Internal Parameters
Break Angle : The value of theta where the discontinuity in theta should be
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.

HUB TIP

Description
Singleton Object:

Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Option : A generic parameter used to define the context setting for a variety of objects.
Optional Parameters
Tip Extension Factor : Factor used to extend defined by profile number tips upstream and
downstream
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.

Context Sensitive Settings


Context Controlling Parameter: Option
Allowed Context Settings: None, Normal Distance, Constant Span, Profile Number

Option = Normal Distance


Essential Parameters
Tip Clearance : Distance of blade tip from hub or shroud

Option = Constant Span


Essential Parameters
Span Location : Span location
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 208 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Option = Profile Number
Essential Parameters
Tip Profile Number : Number of the profile specifying the tip of the blade

SHROUD TIP

Description
Singleton Object:

Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Option : A generic parameter used to define the context setting for a variety of objects.
Optional Parameters
Tip Extension Factor : Factor used to extend defined by profile number tips upstream and
downstream
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.

Context Sensitive Settings


Context Controlling Parameter: Option
Allowed Context Settings: None, Normal Distance, Constant Span, Profile Number

Option = Normal Distance


Essential Parameters
Tip Clearance : Distance of blade tip from hub or shroud

Option = Constant Span


Essential Parameters
Span Location : Span location

Option = Profile Number


Essential Parameters
Tip Profile Number : Number of the profile specifying the tip of the blade

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 209
OUTLINE

Description
Singleton Object:

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Hub Link For Outline : Hub object in the domain
Shroud Link For Outline : Shroud object in the domain
High Periodic Link For Outline : High periodic object in the domain
Low Periodic Link For Outline : Low periodic object in the domain
Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the
transparency of this graphics object in the viewer.
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object.
Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics object in the viewer.
Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object.
Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object.
Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object.
"Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values
on the current object.
Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer.
Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the
"Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the
"Colour Variable" parameter is used.
Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/
Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Colour Map : The name of the colour map to use when colouring the object.
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 210 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object
instancing.
Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics
object in the viewer.
Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer.
Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer.
Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for
colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Show Curve : Control whether a hub curve (for example) is shown as opposed to a hub
surface
Show Surface : Control whether a hub surface (for example) is shown as opposed to a hub
curve
Machine Data : Name of object specifying the axis and angle of the stage
Turbo Transform : A reference to the object holding the MST Turbo Transform
Internal Parameters
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.
Minimum Bounding Box : Minimum X, Y, Z of bounding box
Maximum Bounding Box : Maximum X, Y, Z of bounding box

FILE PROCESSING

Description
Singleton Object: Stores parameters indicating the state of processing state or session
files.

Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Path Stack : Stack of paths to look in for files
Processing Mode : Indicates the type of file currently being processed.

COMMAND FILE

Description
Singleton Object:
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 211
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
TurboGrid Version : TurboGrid version identifier as used in session and state files.

SIMPLE TRANSFORM

Description
Named Object: This object contains user info necessary to generate a mesh
transformation. Passed from GUI, combined with Absolute in MeshCalcFunc.

Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Option : A generic parameter used to define the context setting for a variety of objects.

Context Sensitive Settings


Context Controlling Parameter: Option
Allowed Context Settings: Rotation, Translation, Scale, Reflection

Option = Reflection
Essential Parameters
Reflection Option : Specifies how the reflection plane is defined
Optional Parameters
Point : An XYZ triple which defines a point in space.
Normal : An XYZ triple describing the normal vector.
Point 1 : An XYZ triple defining the first point for this object.
Point 2 : An XYZ triple defining the second point for this object.
Point 3 : An XYZ triple defining the third point for this object.

Option = Translation
Essential Parameters
Translation Option : Specifies what type of translation is applied
Optional Parameters
Translation Vector : Specifies the translation vector.
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 212 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Translation Distance : Distance of translation
Machine Data : Name of object specifying the axis and angle of the stage

Option = Scale
Essential Parameters
Scale Option : Specifies what type of scaling is applied
Optional Parameters
Scale Origin : Point about which to scale the object
Uniform Scale : Scale factor for scaling transform
Nonuniform Scale : Scale factor for scaling transform

Option = Rotation
Essential Parameters
Rotation Option : Specifies what type of rotation is applied
Optional Parameters
Principal Axis : Specifies the principal axis used in instance rotation.
Rotation Axis From : An XYZ triple defining the first point of the rotation axis.
Rotation Axis To : An XYZ triple defining the second point of the rotation axis.
Rotation Angle : Specifies the rotation angle.
Machine Data : Name of object specifying the axis and angle of the stage

COMBINED TRANSFORM

Description
Named Object:

Allowed Sub-Objects
Optional Sub-Objects
SIMPLE TRANSFORM : This object contains user info necessary to generate a mesh
transformation. Passed from GUI, combined with Absolute in MeshCalcFunc.

Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 213
Simple Transform List : List of transforms that make up the combined transform

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 214 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
CCL Parameters

AR Location Method
Description: Method to locate point in A-R space
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: From A and R, Set A, Set R
Default Value: From A and R

ART Symbol Size Conversion Factor


Description: A scaling factor for symbol size in ART transform space.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 1.0

Absolute Tolerance
Description: Length to use as a maximum step tolerance
Parameter Type: Real

Actual ART
Description: Actual position of a point specified by other means
Parameter Type: Real List

Actual Edge Count


Description: The actual edge count that will be used as a result of the split factor.
Parameter Type: Integer

Actual Position
Description: Actual position of a point specified by other means
Parameter Type: Real List

Actual Topology Definition


Description: This is set by the TOPOLOGY object to reflect the mode that was read from
the file. The values should be the same as Topology Definition

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 215
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Automatic, From File, H-Grid, J-Grid, H/J-Grid, H-Grid Dominant, None
Default Value: None

Affine Transform
Description: List of transforms that make up the combined transform
Parameter Type: String

Angle Definition Method


Description: Specifies angle definition method. If it is set to "Value", parameter Rotation
Angle value will be used for angular instancing. If it is set to "Instances in 360", parameter
"Number of Components in 360" will be used.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Value, Instances in 360
Default Value: Instances in 360

Angular Coord Shift


Description: The agular shift value. The shift is used in adjusting Turbo B2B view.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.0

Animate Camera
Description: Indicates whether to animate the camera (flythrough)along with the other
objects, or leave the camera at the current position.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: On

Animation Filename
Description: The name of the file to save this animation to.
Parameter Type: String

Animation Frame Rate


Description: The Frame Rate at which to generate the Animation MPEG.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 216 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: 24, 25, 30, 50, 60
Default Value: 24

Animation Hardcopy Filename


Description: The path of the file to save a hardcopy to.
Parameter Type: String

Animation Name
Description: The name of this animation.
Parameter Type: String

Antialiasing
Description: Enables the antialiasing of the graphics (smooth edges).
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: On

Apply Instancing Transform


Description: Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics object in the viewer.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: On

Apply Reflection
Description: Toggles reflection in the transformation.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: false

Apply Rotation
Description: Toggles rotation in the transformation.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: true

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 217
Apply Translation
Description: Toggles translation in the transformation.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: false

Autogenerate Layers at Mesh Creation


Description: If true, TG will create layers as required before mesh is created
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: on

Axis
Description: The axis specification for directional quantitative calculations.
Parameter Type: String

Axis 3 Point
Description: The location of the point in the Z axis of the coordinate frame.
Parameter Type: Real List
Default Value: 0, 0, 1

Axis Visibility
Description: Toggles the axis visibility in the viewport.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: true

Background Colour
Description: Defines the R, G and B values for the viewer background colour.
Parameter Type: Real List
Default Value: 0, 0, 0

Background Colour 2
Description: Defines the R, G and B values for the second viewer background colour (used
for gradients)

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 218 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Parameter Type: Real List
Default Value: 1, 1, 1

Background Colour Type


Description: Specifies the type of background colour gradient to use in the viewer.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Solid, Top-Bottom Gradient, Left-Right Gradient, Diagonal Gradient
Default Value: Top-Bottom Gradient

Background Image
Description: The predefined image to use
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Mountains, Earth West, Earth East
Default Value: Mountains

Background Image File


Description: The image file to use for the viewer background.
Parameter Type: String

Background Image Mapping


Description: Flat - image is mapped as a flat background; Spherical - image is mapped to
a background sphere (must have 2x1 width to height pixel ratio)
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Flat, Spherical
Default Value: Flat

Background Image Type


Description: The type of image to use.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Predefined, Custom
Default Value: Predefined

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 219
Background Type
Description: Specifies the type of background to use in the viewer.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Colour, Image
Default Value: Colour

Base Units
Description: The base units of a variable.
Parameter Type: String

Between Boundary Layers Distribution Option


Description: Method for specifying distribution between boundary layers
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: End Ratio, Element Count
Default Value: End Ratio

Between Boundary Layers End Ratio


Description: Ratio of smallest element, between Boundary Layers to largest
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 10

Between Boundary Layers Number Of Const Elements


Description: Number of const elements between boundary layers
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 2

Between Boundary Layers Number Of Elements


Description: Number of elements between boundary layers
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 10

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 220 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Blade Block Size Distribution
Description: Blade block size distribution
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Uniform, Nonuniform
Default Value: Uniform

Blade Edge Link


Description: Forces TOPOLOGY to delay calculation of its own edges until BLADE knows
that all the leading/trailing edges have been calculated
Parameter Type: String

Blade End Ratio


Description: Ratio of smallest OGrid element to largest
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 50

Blade Height
Parameter Type: Real

Blade List
Description: List of the blades in the domain
Parameter Type: String List

Blade List For Mesh


Description: List of the Blade objects in the domain
Parameter Type: String List

Blade List For Periodic


Description: List of the blades in the domain
Parameter Type: String List

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 221
Blade List For Topology
Description: List of the Blade objects in the domain
Parameter Type: String List

Blade List For Topology Line of Rotation Link


Description: Makes the link between blade and topology so that when one of the Line of
Rotation parameters is changed the topology fires correctly.
Parameter Type: String List

Blade Name
Description: Name of the blade on which this point lies
Parameter Type: String

Blade Surface Creation Method


Description: Specifies the method for blade surface creation.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Loft Spanwise, Loft Streamwise
Default Value: Loft Spanwise

Blade Vertex Distance


Description: Absolute offset of first vertex away from Blade
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.01

Blade Vertex Offset


Description: Relative offset of first vertex away from Blade
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.1

Blade Vertex YPlus


Description: YPlus offset of first vertex away from Blade
Parameter Type: Real

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 222 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Default Value: 1

Blades Per Bladeset


Description: Number of blades in the bladeset we are analysing
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 1

Bladeset Count
Description: Number of sets of blades in a full circle of the stage
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 0

Block Size Across Passage


Description: Block size across passage
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.15

Border Visibility
Description: Toggles the viewport border visibility in the viewer.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: false

Bound Radius
Description: Radius of Circular Plane Bound.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.5

Boundary Layer Specification Mode


Description: Method for specifying distance of boundary layers on Hub and Shroud
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Normalized, Absolute
Default Value: Normalized

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 223
Boundary List
Description: A list of boundary objects
Parameter Type: String List

Boundary Type
Description: Internal parameter tells the type of the boundary.
Parameter Type: String

Boundary Values
Description: Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for this variable
(Conservative or Hybrid).
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Conservative, Hybrid
Default Value: Conservative

Break Angle
Description: The value of theta where the discontinuity in theta should be
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.0

Camera Mode
Description: Defines the current viewer camera mode. It can be either Standard (specified
by Standard View parameter) or User Specified, in which case a CAMERA object has to be
defined and specified in User Camera parameter.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Standard, User Specified
Default Value: Standard

Chain Edge Index


Description: The index of a specific chain edge in a topology edge.
Parameter Type: Integer

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 224 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Chart Axes
Description: Indicates whether the X=0 or Y=0 lines should be displayed on the chart.
Neither, either or both may be displayed.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: None, X Only, Y Only, Both
Default Value: Both

Chart Font
Description: The name of the font to use for this chart.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: Roman

Chart Legend
Description: Specifies whether a legend should be displayed or not.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: False

Chart Legend Margin


Description: Indicates a proportion of the screen space that should be used to display the
Legend. The default value of 0.2 indicates that 20% of the chart, at the right side of the
window, should be allocated to the Legend.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.2

Chart Line Colour


Description: Specifies the colour of the line. The Default value of "Auto" will cause the
Engine to automatically pick a colour different from any colour already used.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Auto, Black, Red, Yellow, Green, Aquamarine, Pink, Wheat, Grey, Brown,
Blue, Blueviolet, Cyan, Turquoise, Magenta, Salmon, White
Default Value: Auto

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 225
Chart Line List
Description: A comma delimited list of names of CHART LINE objects that the user wishes
to have displayed on the chart.
Parameter Type: String

Chart Line Style


Description: Specifies the line style to use if the Chart Line Toggle is True.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: 1

Chart Symbol Colour


Description: Specifies the colour of the symbol. The Default value of "Auto" will cause the
Engine to automatically pick a colour different from any colour already used.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Auto, Black, Red, Yellow, Green, Aquamarine, Pink, Wheat, Grey, Brown,
Blue, Blueviolet, Cyan, Turquoise, Magenta, Salmon, White
Default Value: Auto

Chart Symbol Style


Description: Specifies the symbol style to use if the Chart Symbol Toggle is True.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: 1

Chart Text Colour


Description: The colour of the chart title and X & Y Axis Labels.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Black, Red, Yellow, Green, Aquamarine, Pink, Wheat, Grey, Brown, Blue,
Blueviolet, Cyan, Turquoise, Magenta, Salmon, White
Default Value: White

Chart Title
Description: Specifies the title for the chart.
Parameter Type: String

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 226 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Default Value: Title

Chart Type
Description: Specifies the kind of chart to create.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: XY
Default Value: XY

Chart Viewport Colour


Description: The colour of the chart viewport including axes, tick marks, and axis
numbering.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Black, Red, Yellow, Green, Aquamarine, Pink, Wheat, Grey, Brown, Blue,
Blueviolet, Cyan, Turquoise, Magenta, Salmon, White
Default Value: Yellow

Chart X Axis Label


Description: The label to use for the X-Axis.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: X Axis

Chart X Variable
Description: Specifies the name of the X-Axis variable to chart. The default value of "Chart
Count" indicates that the X-Axis will be a locator point counter.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: Chart Count

Chart Y Axis Label


Description: The label to use for the Y-Axis.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: Y Axis

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 227
Chart Y Variable
Description: Specifies the name of the Y-Axis variable to chart.
Parameter Type: String

Clip Contour
Description: Enables/disables clipping in a contour plot.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: Off

Clip Plane
Description: Defines the CLIP PLANE object that is used for scene clipping.
Parameter Type: String

Clip Scene
Description: Toggles the scene clipping plane in the viewer.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: false

Collapse Inlet Blocks


Description: Logical to control collapse of blocks adjacent to inlet
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: on

Collapse Outlet Blocks


Description: Logical to control collapse of blocks adjacent to outlet
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: on

Colour
Description: A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Parameter Type: Real List

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 228 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Default Value: 1.0, 1.0, 1.0

Colour Map
Description: The name of the colour map to use when colouring the object.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: Rainbow

Colour Mode
Description: Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the
"Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the
"Colour Variable" parameter is used.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Use Plot Variable, Constant, Variable, Time, Unique
Default Value: Constant

Colour Variable
Description: The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be set
equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.
Parameter Type: String

Colour Variable Boundary Values


Description: Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for colour variables in this
object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Conservative, Hybrid
Default Value: Hybrid

Component Bounds Flag


Parameter Type: String

Component Clip Factors


Parameter Type: Real List

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 229
Component Index
Description: Specifies vector component to be used for the variable.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: 1, 2, 3
Default Value: 1

Component Long Names


Parameter Type: String List

Component Lower Bounds


Parameter Type: Real List

Component MMS Names


Parameter Type: String List

Component Short Names


Parameter Type: String List

Component Upper Bounds


Parameter Type: Real List

Constant Contour Colour


Description: If set to On, then the "Line Colour" parameter is used to determine the contour
colour. Otherwise, the contour is coloured by the contour variable.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: Off

Constraining Object
Description: The curve or surface the point is constrained to. Blank for no constraints.
Parameter Type: String

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 230 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Constraining Object For Line
Description: The surface the line should lie on. Also used to determine whether the line
should be drawn as a spline or an unstructured line
Parameter Type: String

Constraining Subobject
Description: The particular ICEM object of the Constraining Object.If blank it expects there
to be only one subobject.
Parameter Type: String

Contour Range
Description: Sets the method used to calculate a contour plot."Global" uses the range of
variable values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values on the specified list
of objects. "User Specified" uses Min and Max parameter value. "Value List" plots contours
on the values specified in Value List parameter.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Global, Local, User Specified, Value List
Default Value: Global

Control Point List


Description: List of control points associated with a layer
Parameter Type: String List

Coord Frame Type


Description: The orthonormal space used to define the coordinate frame.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Cartesian
Default Value: Cartesian

Coord Transform
Description: Specifies the coordinate transformation to apply to all objects shown in this
viewport.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Cartesian, 3D Meridional, 3D Turbo, 2D Meridional, 2D Blade-to-blade
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 231
Default Value: Cartesian

Coordinate Frame Type


Description: Whether coordinates are cylindrical or Cartesian
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Cartesian,Cylindrical
Default Value: Cartesian

Cross Periodics
Description: If true allows a streamline to cross a periodic boundary
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: Yes

Culling Mode
Description: Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: No Culling, Back Faces, Front Faces
Default Value: No Culling

Current Frame
Description: The current frame that is displayed or calculated. This is useful to determine
where in the animation you are when stepping through the frames. This is an internal
parameter for status display purposes only.
Parameter Type: Integer

Current Results File


Description: The name of the results file to be read into the post-processor.
Parameter Type: String

Current Results File Version


Description: The version of the current results file.
Parameter Type: Integer

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 232 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Current Timestep
Description: The timestep to be used when reading a transient results file.
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: -1

Current Timevalue
Description: The time value to be used when reading a transient results file.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 1

Curve Name
Description: The name of the curve the point lies on
Parameter Type: String

Curve Point Mode


Description: Whether the position is specified by parameter or nearest position
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: S Value,XYZ
Default Value: S Value

Curve Representation
Description: Specifies if the curve representation of blade, hub or shroud is Ruled or
Bspline.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Piece-wise linear, Bspline
Default Value: Bspline

Custom Units Setting


Description: This is a comma delimited list of Quantities and their selected units for the
Custom Units Setting. The list will contain both Quantities and the units: e.g. Acceleration,
m s^-2, Angle, radian, ...
Parameter Type: String List

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 233
Default Control Point Type
Description: Controls whether inserted control points will default to MASTER or LOCAL
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Master, Local
Default Value: Local

Default Expansion Factor


Description: Default expansion factor
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 1.15

Default Hub Angle


Description: The angle of the blade passage at the hub when it follows the blade. not set
by the user.
Parameter Type: Real

Default Shroud Angle


Description: The angle of the blade passage at the shroud when it follows the blade. not
set by the user.
Parameter Type: Real

Default Vulnerability
Description: Default vulnerability for non-permanent solver data.
Parameter Type: Integer

Direction
Description: The direction specification for vector coord frame projection.
Parameter Type: String

Direction 1 Bound
Description: Length of Rectangular Plane Bound.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 1.0
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 234 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Direction 1 Orientation
Description: Orientation of Rectangular Plane Bound length.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0 [degree]

Direction 1 Points
Description: Number of Sample points in direction 1.
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 10

Direction 2 Bound
Description: Width of Rectangular Plane Bound.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 1.0

Direction 2 Points
Description: Number of Sample points in direction 2.
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 10

Display Chart Line


Description: Indicates whether or not to display a line connecting the data points.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: True

Display Chart Symbol


Description: Indicates whether or not to display a symbol at each data point on the chart.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: False

Distribute On Master Edge


Description: Logical to control distribution of vertices on master edge

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 235
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.0

Domain List
Description: The list of domains over which to define this object.
Parameter Type: String List
Default Value: /All Domains

Domain Visibility
Description: Controls display of the walls surrounding the inlet/outlet domains
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: No

Draw All Objects


Description: If enabled, all visible objects are drawn in this viewport
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: true

Draw Contours
Description: Enables/disables drawing of the contour lines.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: On

Draw Faces
Description: Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics object in the viewer.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: On

Draw Lines
Description: Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: Off

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 236 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Draw Streams
Description: If false do not draw streams, but allow drawing of symbols
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: Yes

Draw Symbols
Description: Draw symbols on the streams at specified times
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: No

Edge Angle
Description: The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a wireframe.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 30 [degree]

Edge Links
Description: Special parameter to force BLADE:centreline to fire after the leading and
trailing edges are calculated
Parameter Type: String List

Edge Name
Description: The name of a topology edge.
Parameter Type: String

Edge Split Control to Edit


Parameter Type: String

Edge Split Factor List


Description: List of edge split factor objects
Parameter Type: String List

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 237
Edge Trigger
Description: Used to trigger a recalculation of the Blade surfaces after the leading edges
have changed.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: false

Effectively Zero Radius


Description: Value to be considered zero radius
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.0

Elliptic Mesh Smoothing On Geometry Faces


Description: Use Elliptic Mesh Smoothing On Geometry Faces if on
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: off

Elliptic Mesh Smoothing Projection Frequency


Description: Frequency of elliptic mesh smoothing iterations at which projection is to occur
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 7

Elliptic Mesh Smoothing Relaxation


Description: Relaxation parameter for elliptic smoothing of grid
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.7

End Point
Description: The point name at which the line starts
Parameter Type: String

Evaluated Expression
Description: A CFX Expression Language expression for usage in EXPRESSION
EVALUATOR.
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 238 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Parameter Type: String

Export File
Description: The filename to which the exported data will be written.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: export.dat

Expression
Description: A CFX Expression Language expression.
Parameter Type: String

Expression List
Description: A list of Expressions that were loaded with the res file. These expressions
must be deleted when a new RES file is loaded.
Parameter Type: String List

File Angle Units


Description: Angle units read from the file.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: rad

File Chemical Amount Units


Description: Chemical Amount units read from the file.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: mol

File Current Units


Description: Current units read from the file.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: A

File Length Units


Description: Length units read from the file.
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 239
Parameter Type: String

File Light Units


Description: Light units read from the file.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: cd

File Mass Units


Description: Mass units read from the file.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: kg

File Money Units


Description: Money units read from the file.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: GBP

File Solid Angle Units


Description: Solid Angle units read from the file.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: sr

File Temperature Units


Description: Temperature units read from the file.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: K

File Time Units


Description: Time units read from the file.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: s

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 240 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
File is Turbo
Description: Parameter indicating whether it is a turbo problem
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: false

First Block Offset From Blade To Inlet Surface


Description: Relative offset of first block away from blade towards the inlet surface
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.0

First Block Offset From Blade To Outlet Surface


Description: Relative offset of first block away from blade towards the outlet surface
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.0

First Block Offset From Blade To Periodic Surface


Description: Relative offset of first block away from blade towards the periodic surface
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.0

Flip Normal
Description: If this parameter is set to true, the normal of the clip plane will be flipped,
effectively inverting the clipping region.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: false

Fluid
Description: The fluid specification for multiphase quantitative calculations.
Parameter Type: String

Font
Description: The font name for an item of text.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 241
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Serif, Sans Serif
Default Value: Sans Serif

Force File Reload


Description: Parameter indicating whether or not to force a reload of the file even if the
filename is the same as that currently loaded.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: false

Fraction Outside Limit


Description: The fraction of the nodes of this domain outside the mesh analysis limits
Parameter Type: Real

Frame Increment
Description: The number of frames to increment the frame counter by when incrementing
to go to the next frame.
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 1

Frame of Reference
Description: Constraints on motion of control point
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Absolute, Relative
Default Value: Absolute

Fringe Fill
Description: If set to On, the space between contours in a contour plot is filled with fringe
bands.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: Off

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 242 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Full Circle
Description: If set to On, the instances are placed uniformly about the instance rotation
axis. Note that the Number of Copies has to be greater than two when this option is used.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: On

Fully Extend
Description: Whether the inlet or outlet are fully extended
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: No

Function
Description: The context controlling parameter for the CALCULATOR object, which
defines the name of the function to be evaluated.
Parameter Type: String

GGI Tip Angle To Switch Mean Line Into Cut Off Corner
Description: Defines the maximum angle at which GGI tip mean line will go into sharp cut
off corner
Parameter Type: float
Default Value: 65 [degree]

General Availability
Parameter Type: String List
Default Value: No

Generate Intermediate Points


Description: flag indicating whether inlet/outlet intermediate points should be automatically
generated.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: On

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 243
Get Visibility From
Description: The object whose visibility we should follow. We also get Colour from it, which
is why it needs local type "colour", and remote type "render" so that it fires when visibility
changes on the parent.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: .

Global Edge Colour


Description: Defines the global colour used for mesh edges
Parameter Type: Real List
Default Value: 0, 0, 0

Global Text Colour


Description: Defines the global colour used for Text objects
Parameter Type: Real List
Default Value: 0, 0, 0

Grid Tolerance
Description: Fraction of local grid size to use as a maximum step tolerance
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.01

HGrid At Inlet
Description: Logical flag to control HGrid at Inlet
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: true

HGrid At Outlet
Description: Logical flag to control HGrid at Outlet
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: true

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 244 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
HGrid in Parametric Space at Inlet
Description: Logical flag to control HGrid at Inlet in Parametric Space
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: false

HGrid in Parametric Space at Outlet


Description: Logical flag to control HGrid at Outlet in Parametric Space
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: false

Hardcopy Filename
Description: Sets the file name for the output from "print".
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: cfxOutput

Hardcopy Format
Description: Sets the format of hardcopy output from "print".
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: ps, eps, jpg, ppm, bmp, png, vrml, cvf
Default Value: png

Hardcopy Tolerance
Description: A non-dimensional tolerance used in face-sorting when generating hardcopy
output. Smaller values will result in faster printing times, but may cause defects in the
resulting output.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: 0.001

Has Hybrid Values


Description: Internal parameter specifying whether a variable can load Hybrid Values on
boundary nodes.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: Yes
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 245
Hidden in Viewer List
Description: If this is not empty it is the list of objects that were hidden in the viewer by
pressing the hide button.
Parameter Type: String List
Default Value:

High Periodic Link For Outline


Description: High periodic object in the domain
Parameter Type: String

High Periodic List For Topology


Description: List of the High Periodic objects in the domain
Parameter Type: String List

Highlight Type
Description: Indicates whether to highlight an object with a bounding box or to use a
wireframe of the object.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Bounding Box, Wireframe
Default Value: Bounding Box

Hub And Shroud Node Distribution For Inlet And Outlet


Description: Hub and shroud node distribution for inlet and outlet
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Uniform, Nonuniform
Default Value: Nonuniform

Hub Angle
Description: The angle of the blade passage at the hub
Parameter Type: Real

Hub Boundary Layer Distance


Description: Absolute offset of Hub boundary layer
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 246 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.05

Hub Boundary Layer Distribution Option


Description: which parameter user will specify
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Element Count and Size, Expansion Rate, Uniform
Default Value: Element Count and Size

Hub Boundary Layer Expansion Rate


Description: Mesh expansion rate from the hub
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 1.15

Hub Boundary Layer Number Of Elements


Description: Number of elements in Hub boundary layer
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 5

Hub Boundary Layer Offset


Description: Relative offset of Hub boundary layer
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.1

Hub End Ratio


Description: Ratio of smallest element, hub to shroud (or tip) to largest
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 200

Hub Link For Outline


Description: Hub object in the domain
Parameter Type: String

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 247
Hub List For Mesh
Description: List of the Hub objects in the domain
Parameter Type: String List

Hub List For Topology


Description: List of the Hub objects in the domain
Parameter Type: String List

Hub Name
Description: Name of the Hub object for Periodic Surfaces
Parameter Type: String

Hub Name For Blade


Description: Name of the Hub object for Blade Surfaces. Makes the blade recalculate its
trim and extensions when the file or the extensions angles change.
Parameter Type: String

Hub Name For Transform


Description: Name of the Hub object for Blade Surfaces. Makes the blade recalculate its
trim and extensions when the file or the extensions angles change.
Parameter Type: String

Hub Requested Position


Description: An "input" parameter - the position we want to move the point to. May not be
the point it ends up at if (e.g.) the Point is constrained to a curve.
Parameter Type: Real List

Hub Shroud Links


Description: Special parameter to force INLET and OUTLET to fire after HUB and
SHROUD
Parameter Type: String List

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 248 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Hub To Shroud Distribution Option
Description: which parameter user will specify
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: End Ratio, Element Count and Size, Boundary Layer, Uniform
Default Value: End Ratio

Hub To Shroud Vertex Distribution


Description: Hub to shroud vertex distribution
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Uniform, Nonuniform
Default Value: Uniform

Hub To Tip Vertex Distribution


Description: Hub to tip vertex distribution
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Uniform, Nonuniform
Default Value: Uniform

Hub Vertex Distance


Description: Absolute offset of first vertex away from Hub
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.05

Hub Vertex Offset


Description: Relative offset of first vertex away from Hub
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.05

Hub Vertex YPlus


Description: YPlus offset of first vertex away from Hub
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 1
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 249
HybridMax
Description: The global hybrid maximum value from this variable as read from the RES file.
Parameter Type: Real

HybridMin
Description: The global hybrid minimum value from this variable as read from the RES file.
Parameter Type: Real

Ignore Leading And Trailing Tags From Profiles


Description: If true leading and trailing tags in profiles will be ignored.
Parameter Type: Bool

Image Height
Description: The image height (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off)
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 600

Image Scale
Description: Scales the size of bitmap images to a fraction (in percent) of the current
viewer window size.
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 100

Image Width
Description: The image width (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off)
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 600

Include Header
Description: Indicates whether a pre-defined header is appended to the top of the export
file, using "
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: True
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 250 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Inclusive
Description: If this parameter set to true, then the volume for above or below intersection
includes intersections .
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: false

Independent JGrid Patterns


Description: Logical to control use of independent J-Grid patterns at the leading and
trailing edges
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: on

Initial State
Description: Set true when setting the object to the state it is in at startup. Set false by any
other changes. Used in Object State determination. Should be set in initialisation file.
Parameter Type: Boolean
Default Value: false

Initializer
Description: Objects which cause this object to be initialised if they change
Parameter Type: String List

Inlet Curve Name


Description: Name of the Inlet Curve object for Periodic Surfaces
Parameter Type: String

Inlet Cut
Description: The S value along the Hub or Shroud curve to place the extreme inlet end at
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.0

Inlet Domain
Description: Logical flag to control Inlet domain mesh generation
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 251
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: false

Inlet List For Mesh


Description: List of the Inlet objects in the domain
Parameter Type: String List

Inlet List For Topology


Description: List of the Inlet objects in the domain
Parameter Type: String List

Inlet Point
Description: The point representing the inlet position (Low theta) on a HUB or SHROUD
Parameter Type: String

Inlet Theta
Description: The angle the blade passage makes with a vector normal to the axis
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.0

Input Angle Units


Description: The units of angle for this file
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: degree

Input File
Description: The name of the file to be read that contains the definition of one or more
polylines and associated path variables.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: data.txt

Input Filename
Description: The filename to read the data from
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 252 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Parameter Type: String

Input Length Units


Description: The units of length for this file
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: m

Instancing Transform
Description: Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object instancing.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: /Default Transform

Intermediate File Format


Description: The format in which to save intermediate files when generating animation
MPEGs.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: jpg, ppm
Default Value: jpg

Intermediate Points
Description: Points that lie between the start and end point
Parameter Type: String List

Invert Plane Bound


Description: Reverses the plane bounds by selecting region outside plane bound.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: Off

Isovolume Intersection Mode


Description: A parameter used to define the context setting for isovolume object.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: At Value, Below Value, Above Value, Between Values
Default Value: At Value
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 253
JPEG Image Quality
Description: The quality factor for jpeg image output. Higher values results in clearer, but
larger, files.
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 80

Keep Intermediate Files


Description: Boolean indicating whether or not CFX-Post should delete the intermediate
files after the MPEG generation is complete.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: Off

Kernel Key
Description: The key to use to get the correct curve from Hub and Shroud surfaces
Parameter Type: String

Keyframe Filename
Description: A string containing the name of the state file associated with this keyframe.
Parameter Type: String

Keyframe List
Description: An ordered list of keyframe names to be used for this animation.
Parameter Type: String List

Keyframe Name
Description: A string containing the name of the keyframe to display to the user.
Parameter Type: String

Layer Render Link


Description: Special parameter to force objects to redraw when the LAYER is updated
Parameter Type: String List

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 254 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Layers List For Control Point
Description: Layers object
Parameter Type: String List

Layers List For Layer


Description: Layers object
Parameter Type: String List
Default Value: /LAYERS

Leading And Trailing Edge O Grid Control Point Method


Description: Set method for leading and trailing edge O-grid control point
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Point, Curve, Surface
Default Value: Surface

Leading Edge Cutoff OGrid Corner Vertices Method


Description: Specifies if leading edge cutoff O-grid corner vertices are or At Same AR or
Project To OGrid from corresponding point on blade.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: At Same AR, Project To OGrid
Default Value: At Same AR

Leading Edge Method


Description: How to find the leading edge automatically
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Low A, High A, Low R, High R
Default Value: Low A

Leading Edge Offset


Description: Relative offset of first vertex away from leading edge
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.0

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 255
Leading Edge Topology Definition
Description: Set topology type for leading edge
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: H-Grid, J-Grid, H-Grid Dominant, L-Grid
Default Value: J-Grid

Leading Edge Type


Description: whether there is one leading edge, a double edge with sharp corners of a
double edge with rounded corners
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Single, Double, Double Rounded, Double Blunt, Double Cutoff
Default Value: Single

Legend Aspect
Description: Legend bar width control parameter
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.06

Legend Format
Description: Parameter to modify string format of values on legend.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: %9.6f

Legend Orientation
Description: Specifies whether to display the legend Vertically or Horizontally.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Vertical, Horizontal
Default Value: Vertical

Legend Plot
Description: Name of the locator for which to provide information.
Parameter Type: String

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 256 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Legend Position
Description: XY position of the legend.
Parameter Type: Real List
Default Value: 0.02, 0.15

Legend Resolution
Description: Number of colour subdivisions on the legend bar.
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 256

Legend Shading
Description: Controls interpolated shading of colour on the legend bar.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Smooth, Flat
Default Value: Smooth

Legend Size
Description: Scale factor to apply to legend.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.75

Legend Ticks
Description: Number of points to provide variable values next to the Legend bar.
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 5

Legend Title
Description: Specifies the legend title when Legend Title Mode is set to User Specified.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: Legend

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 257
Legend Title Mode
Description: Controls the legend title type.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: No Title, Variable,Variable and Location, User Specified
Default Value: Variable

Legend X Justification
Description: Specifies the horizontal justification of a text or overlay item.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: None, Center, Left, Right
Default Value: Left

Legend Y Justification
Description: Specifies the vertical justification of a text or overlay item.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: None, Center, Top, Bottom
Default Value: Center

Length Scale
Description: Length to use as a maximum ICEM tolerance
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 1.0

Length Scale Multiplier


Description: Multiplier of length to use as a maximum ICEM tolerance
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 1.0

Light Angle
Description: Defines the viewer light angles in degrees. The first angle goes from left (0)
to right (180), and the second goes from up (0) to down (180).
Parameter Type: Real List

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 258 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Default Value: 110, 110

Lighting
Description: Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: true

Limit Object
Description: The object specifying the acceptable limits of this mesh measure
Parameter Type: String

Line Colour
Description: A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object.
Parameter Type: String List
Default Value: 1.0, 1.0, 1.0

Line Colour Mode


Description: Determines where to get the line colour from.
Allowed Values: Default, User Specified
Default Value: Default

Line Name
Description: The name of this chart line. This string will be used as the label in the Legend
if one is displayed.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: New Line

Line Samples
Description: Number of points in the sample line.
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 10

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 259
Line Type
Description: Indicates if the line is a cut or sample line.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Cut, Sample
Default Value: Sample

Line Width
Description: Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 1

Load Data
Description: This parameter indicates whether to load the results file or not if a DATA
READER object exists in the STATE File for a READSTATE action.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: True

Load Time
Description: An integer giving the time at which this file was last loaded. May be the output
of time() or may not.
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: -1

Local Domain List


Description: Used by MESH ANALYSIS MEASURE to ensure that it fires after all the
MESH ANALYSIS DOMAIN objects it contains
Parameter Type: String List
Default Value:

Local Variable Ranges


Description: A list of Variable Local Range data in base units. Each element in the list
contains: "<Variable Name
Parameter Type: String List

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 260 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Locate Leading And Trailing Edges From Average
Description: If true will try to enforce constant number of points in profiles defining the
blade surface.
Parameter Type: Bool

Location
Description: A locator name.
Parameter Type: String

Location List
Description: A comma delimited list of locator names.
Parameter Type: String List

Long Name
Parameter Type: String

Looping
Description: Indicates the type of looping to perform for the animation.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Bounce, Loop
Default Value: Loop

Looping Cycles
Description: Indicates the number of cycles that the Animation loop should complete
before stopping automatically. A value of -1 will repeat the cycles forever.
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 1

Low Periodic
Description: True if this point is the low periodic half of a pair
Parameter Type: Bool

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 261
Low Periodic Link For Outline
Description: Low periodic object in the domain
Parameter Type: String

Low Periodic List For Topology


Description: List of the Low Periodic objects in the domain
Parameter Type: String List

MMS Name
Parameter Type: String

MPEG Scale
Description: The amount to scale the viewer image for the Animation MPEG output.
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 100

MTS Symbol Size Conversion Factor


Description: A scaling factor for symbol size in MTS transform space.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 1.0

Machine Data
Description: Name of object specifying the axis and angle of the stage
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: MACHINE DATA

Machine Data Angle


Description: Name of object specifying the axis and angle of the stage. This Parameter is
used in addition to or instead of Machine Data when we want the change or periodicity of
the axis to have a different effect from the change of axis itself.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: MACHINE DATA

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 262 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Master Point List
Description: List of master points associated with a layer
Parameter Type: String List

Master Topology CRC


Description: A number uniquely identifying a particular master topology
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: -1

Master Topology Visibility


Description: Controls display of the master topology mesh
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: No

Matching Blade Parameterization To Theta


Description: Matching Blade Parameterization To Theta
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Same, Opposite, Automatic
Default Value: Automatic

Max
Description: The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User
Specified" range.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.0

Max Limit
Description: The maximum value of the valid range of a Mesh Limit object
Parameter Type: Real

Max Result
Description: The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the
max result of evaluation.
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 263
Parameter Type: String

Max X
Description: If the Range Selection parameter is set to "Manual", this parameter will
indicate the maximum X value to display.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 1.0

Max Y
Description: If the Range Selection parameter is set to "Manual", this parameter will
indicate the maximum Y value to display.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 1.0

Maximize Viewport
Description: If set to true, this viewport will be maximized to fill up the screen, regardless
of the viewport layout.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: Off

Maximized Viewport
Description: If set to a viewport number (1-4), the viewport will be resized to fill up the
screen, regardless of the viewport layout.
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: -1

Maximum Bounding Box


Description: Maximum X, Y, Z of bounding box
Parameter Type: Real List

Maximum Intermediate Points


Description: The maximum number of intermediate points that will be automatically
generated.
Parameter Type: Integer
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 264 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Default Value: 15

Member List
Description: A list of objects included in the group.
Parameter Type: String List

Mesh Data Link


Description: Special parameter to force objects to redraw when the MESH DATA is
updated
Parameter Type: String List
Default Value: /MESH DATA

Mesh Data Render Link


Description: Special parameter to force objects to redraw when the MESH DATA is
updated
Parameter Type: String List
Default Value: /MESH DATA

Mesh Data Set Link


Description: Special parameter to force Layers to recompute when the lead/trailing edge
split factors change.
Parameter Type: String List
Default Value: /MESH DATA

Mesh Data Span Geometry Link


Description: Special parameter to force LAYER to recompute its Span Geometry as
required
Parameter Type: String List
Default Value: /MESH DATA

Mesh Data Turbo Link


Description: Special parameter to force Layers to recompute when the hub to tip transform
changes.
Parameter Type: String List
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 265
Default Value: /MESH DATA

Mesh Data to Mesh Display Link


Description: Special parameter to force MESH DISPLAY to update when the MESH DATA
is updated
Parameter Type: String List
Default Value: /MESH DATA

Mesh Function
Description: The context controlling parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object,
which defines the name of the function to be evaluated.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Maximum Face Angle, Minimum Face Angle, Edge Length Ratio,
Connectivity Number, Element Volume Ratio, Mesh Statistics
Default Value: Maximum Face Angle

Mesh Generation
Description: String to control Hub to Shroud mesh generation method.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: false

Mesh Limit Type


Description: Describes whether, to be valid, the mesh measure range must be less than a
maximum, more than a minimum, inside a range.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Maximum, Minimum, Range
Default Value: Maximum

Mesh Merge Tolerance


Description: Tolerance for merging meshes
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.001

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 266 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Mesh Size Specification Mode
Description: Method of specify the desired mesh size
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Target Total Node Count, Topology Block Edge Split
Default Value: Target Total Node Count

Mesh Visibility
Description: Controls display of the refined mesh
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: No

Min
Description: The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User
Specified" range.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.0

Min Limit
Description: The minimum value of the valid range of a Mesh Limit object
Parameter Type: Real

Min Result
Description: The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the
min result of evaluation.
Parameter Type: String

Min X
Description: If the Range Selection parameter is set to "Manual", this parameter will
indicate the minimum X value to display.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: -1.0

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 267
Min Y
Description: If the Range Selection parameter is set to "Manual", this parameter will
indicate the minimum Y value to display.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: -1.0

Minimum Bounding Box


Description: Minimum X, Y, Z of bounding box
Parameter Type: Real List

Move Action
Description: Action to be performed when point is moved
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Find Vertex, Move Point
Default Value: Find Vertex

Movement Constraint
Description: Constraints on motion of control point
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Point, Curve, Surface
Default Value: Surface

Node Number
Description: the node number which the point plot will be drawn
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 0

Nonuniform Scale
Description: Scale factor for scaling transform
Parameter Type: Real List
Default Value: 1.0

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 268 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Normal
Description: An XYZ triple describing the normal vector.
Parameter Type: String List
Default Value: 1.0,0.0,0.0

Normalized
Description: If set On, all vectors are plotted with the same length (show direction only).
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: Off

Null Token
Description: The string that should be used in the export file if no data exists for a variable
at a node.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: <null

Number Of Blocks Downstream Of Blade


Description: Number blocks downstream of trailing edge of blade
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 0

Number Of Blocks From Blade To Inlet Surface


Description: Number of blocks from the blade to the inlet surface
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 0

Number Of Blocks From Blade To Outlet Surface


Description: Number of blocks from the blade to the outlet surface
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 0

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 269
Number Of Blocks From Blade To Periodic Surface
Description: Number of blocks from the blade to the periodic surface
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 0

Number Of Blocks Upstream Of Blade


Description: Number blocks upstream of leading edge of blade
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 0

Number Of Constant Blocks Leading To Trailing Edge


Description: Number of constant size elements from leading to trailing edge
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 0

Number Of Constant Elements Hub To Shroud


Description: Number of constant size elements from hub to shroud
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 0

Number Of Constant Elements Hub To Tip


Description: Number of constant size elements from hub to tip
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 0

Number Of Constant Elements Tip To Shroud


Description: Number of constant size elements from tip to shroud
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 0

Number Of Downstream Not Matching Periodic Blocks


Description: Number of downstream not matching periodic blocks

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 270 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 0

Number Of Elements
Description: Total number of elements
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 0

Number Of Elements In Inlet


Description: Total number of elements in inlet domain
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 0

Number Of Elements In Outlet


Description: Total number of elements in outlet domain
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 0

Number Of Elements In Passage


Description: Total number of elements in passage domain
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 0

Number Of Elements Per Block Edge


Description: Number of elements that each block edge is to be divided
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 2

Number Of Elliptic Mesh Smoothing Iterations


Description: Number of smoothing iterations
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 12

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 271
Number Of Frames
Description: The number of frames in the animation to insert between this keyframe and
the next.
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 10

Number Of Hub To Tip Elements


Description: Number of elements from hub to tip
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 3

Number Of Inlet Elements


Description: Number of elements on longest of hub or shroud curve portion in outlet
domain
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 0

Number Of Leading Edge Tip Elements


Description: Number of elements in butterfly section near leading edge on blade tip surface
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 2

Number Of OGrid Elements


Description: Number of elements from inside to outside of Ogrid
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 0

Number Of Outlet Elements


Description: Number of elements on longest of hub or shroud curve portion in outlet
domain
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 0

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 272 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Number Of Smoothing Iterations
Description: Number of smoothing iterations
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 0

Number Of Span Elements


Description: Number of elements in span direction from hub to shroud
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 2

Number Of Span Locations for Surface Approximation


Description: Number Of Span Locations for Surface Approximation
Parameter Type: Integer

Number Of Span Vertices


Description: Number of vertices in span direction from hub to shroud
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 3

Number Of Tip Elements


Description: Number of elements across blade tip surface
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 0

Number Of Tip To Shroud Elements


Description: Number of elements from tip to shroud
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 3

Number Of Topological Blocks


Description: Number of topological blocks
Parameter Type: Integer

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 273
Number Of Trailing Edge Tip Elements
Description: Number of elements in butterfly section near trailing edge on blade tip surface
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 2

Number Of Upstream Not Matching Periodic Blocks


Description: Number of upstream not matching periodic blocks
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 0

Number Of Vertices
Description: Total number of vertices
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 0

Number Of Vertices Floating On Centerlines


Description: Number of vertices floating on centerlines
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 0

Number Of Vertices In Inlet


Description: Total number of vertices in inlet domain
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 0

Number Of Vertices In Outlet


Description: Total number of vertices in outlet domain
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 0

Number Of Vertices In Passage


Description: Total number of vertices in passage domain

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 274 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 0

Number of Blade Blocks


Description: Number of topological blocks along shortest side of blade
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 5

Number of Components in 360


Description: Number of Components in 360 degrees
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 12

Number of Contours
Description: Specifies number of contour lines in a contour plot.
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 10

Number of Copies
Description: Specifies the number of transformed copies.
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 1

Number of Elements
Description: The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the
number of elements.
Parameter Type: String

Number of Hexahedra
Description: The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the
number of hexahedra.
Parameter Type: String

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 275
Number of Nodes
Description: The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the
number of nodes.
Parameter Type: String

Number of Passage Blocks


Description: Number of topological blocks in passage from inlet to outlet
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 10

Number of Passage Blocks Across


Description: Number of topological blocks across the passage between periodic surfaces
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 6

Number of Pyramids
Description: The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the
number of pyramids.
Parameter Type: String

Number of Samples
Description: The number of random samples to be taken in the plot.
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 10

Number of Sides
Description: The number of sides of a "round" tube
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 4

Number of Tetrahedra
Description: The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the
number of tetrahedra.
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 276 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Parameter Type: String

Number of Wedges
Description: The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the
number of wedges.
Parameter Type: String

OGrid
Description: Controls existence of O-grid in topology
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: Yes

OGrid Curve Representation


Description: Specifies if the curve representation of O-grid is Ruled or Bspline.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Piece-wise linear, Bspline
Default Value: Bspline

OGrid Distance
Description: O-grid distance
Parameter Type: Real

OGrid Distance Definition


Description: Set method for OGrid distance definition
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Proportional to Width, Constant, Proportional to Radius
Default Value: Proportional to Radius

OGrid Distance Factor


Description: Factor controlling O-grid distance
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.5

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 277
OGrid Distribution Option
Description: which parameter user will specify
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: End Ratio, Element Count and Size, Expansion Rate, Uniform
Default Value: End Ratio

OGrid Mesh Expansion Rate


Description: Mesh expansion rate from the blade
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 1.15

OGrid Radius
Description: O-grid radius
Parameter Type: Real

Object Name Exclusion List


Description: Specifies the list of objects NOT to show in this viewport. If left empty (and
Object Name List is empty too), all object types are shown.
Parameter Type: String

Object Name List


Description: Specifies the list of objects to show in this viewport. If left empty, all objects
are shown.
Parameter Type: String

Object State
Description: Indicates the colour state of item.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: unavailable,incomplete,complete,invalid
Default Value: complete

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 278 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Object Type Exclusion List
Description: Specifies the list of object types NOT to show in this viewport. If left empty
(and Object Name List is empty too), all object types are shown.
Parameter Type: String

Object Type List


Description: Specifies the list of object types to show in this viewport. If left empty (and
Object Name List is empty too), all object types are shown.
Parameter Type: String

One To One Periodicity Range


Description: Set method for specifying one-to-one periodicity range
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Full, Between Blades, Between Blades & Upstream, Between Blades &
Downstream, None
Default Value: Full

Opening List For Periodic


Description: List of openings for the periodic surfaces
Parameter Type: String List

Opening Type
Description: Specifies if the Inlet or Outlet runs from the hub to the shroud, or to the axis.
Can be extended later to allow the surface to be read from a file.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Hub To Shroud,Axis To Shroud, Imported
Default Value: Hub To Shroud

Opposite Boundary List


Description: The boundaries that form the other side of a periodic link
Parameter Type: String List

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 279
Option
Description: A generic parameter used to define the context setting for a variety of objects.
Parameter Type: String

Origin Point
Description: The location of the coordinate frame origin.
Parameter Type: Real List
Default Value: 0, 0, 0

Original Position
Description: Original position of a point that can be moved by the user
Parameter Type: Real List

Orthogonality Factor On Hub


Description: Factor for controlling degree of orthogonality across blade on the hub layer
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.1

Orthogonality Factor On Shroud


Description: Factor for controlling degree of orthogonality across blade on the shroud layer
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.1

Outlet Curve Name


Description: Name of the Outlet object for Periodic Surfaces
Parameter Type: String

Outlet Cut
Description: The S value along the Hub or Shroud curve to place the extreme outlet end at
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 1.0

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 280 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Outlet Domain
Description: Logical flag to control Outlet domain mesh generation
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: false

Outlet List For Mesh


Description: List of the Outlet objects in the domain
Parameter Type: String List

Outlet List For Topology


Description: List of the Outlet objects in the domain
Parameter Type: String List

Outlet Point
Description: The point representing the outlet position (Low theta) on a HUB or SHROUD
Parameter Type: String

Outlet Theta
Description: The angle the blade passage makes with a vector normal to the axis
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.0

Output to Jobfile
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: No

Output to Postprocessor
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: No

Overlay Size
Description: A factor by which to scale the size of a two-dimensional overlay.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 281
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 1

Override Automatic Angles


Description: Whether the blade passage follows the blade or is set by the user
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: No

Override Blade Blocks Calculation


Description: When true, use the following 3 parameters, otherwise compute defaults
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: false

Override Blade To Inlet Surface Calculation


Description: When true, use the following 2 parameters, otherwise compute defaults
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: false

Override Blade To Outlet Surface Calculation


Description: When true, use the following 2 parameters, otherwise compute defaults
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: false

Override Blade To Periodic Surface Calculation


Description: When true, use the following 2 parameters, otherwise compute defaults
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: false

Override Inlet Element Count Calculation


Description: When true, use the Number Of Inlet Elements specified by the user
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: false

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 282 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Override Not Matching Periodic Blocks Calculation
Description: When true, use the following 2 parameters, otherwise compute defaults
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: false

Override Number Of Span Locations for Surface Approximation


Description: Override Number Of Span Locations for Surface Approximation
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: No

Override Outlet Element Count Calculation


Description: When true, use the Number Of Outlet Elements specified by the user
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: false

Override Point Size


Description: If true, then control point symbol size specified by user, otherwise it is
calculated
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: No

Override Tip Element Count Calculation


Description: When true, use the Number Of Tip Elements specified by the user
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: false

Override Topology Pattern Orientation


Description: When true, use the user specified topology patterns at the leading and trailing
edges
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: false

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 283
Overwrite
Description: Indicates whether, if the specified filename exists, the file should be
overwritten with the new data.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: False

Pan
Description: Defines the camera pan in screen (X, Y) coordinates, with positive X pointing
right and positive Y pointing up.
Parameter Type: Real List
Default Value: 0.0, 0.0

Paper Orientation
Description: Sets the rotation of the image on the printed page.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Landscape, Portrait
Default Value: Landscape

Paper Size
Description: Scales hardcopy output to the specified paper size.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Letter, A4
Default Value: Letter

Particle Track Material List


Description: A list of Particle Track Materials that exist in the RES file. This parameter is
empty if no Particle Tracks exist.
Parameter Type: String List

Passage Block Length Scale Definition


Description: Set method for defining background block length scale for passage
Parameter Type: String

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 284 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Allowed Values: Blocks Along Passage, Blocks Across Passage, Block Size Across
Passage
Default Value: Blocks Across Passage

Path Stack
Description: Stack of paths to look in for files
Parameter Type: String List

Periodic List
Description: List of the periodics in the domain
Parameter Type: String List

Periodic List For Mesh


Description: List of the Periodic objects in the domain
Parameter Type: String List
Default Value: /GEOMETRY/LOW PERIODIC, /GEOMETRY/HIGH PERIODIC

Periodic Node Projection


Description: Set method for periodic node projection
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Float on Curves, Float on Surface
Default Value: Float on Surface

Periodic Point
Description: The other point of a periodic pair
Parameter Type: String

Periodic Surface Bias


Description: Biasing to control placement of periodic surfaces relative to blade centreline
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.5

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 285
Physical Availability
Parameter Type: String List
Default Value: No

Pivot Point
Description: Defines the center of rotation (pivot point) for the camera.
Parameter Type: String List
Default Value: 0.0, 0.0, 0.0

Plane 13 Point
Description: The location of the a point in the XZ plane of the coordinate frame.
Parameter Type: Real List
Default Value: 1, 0, 0

Plane Bound
Description: Defines plane bounding (Circular, Rectangular, None).
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: None, Circular, Rectangular
Default Value: None

Plane Type
Description: Indicates if the plane is a slice or sample plane.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Slice, Sample
Default Value: Slice

Playback Status
Description: This parameter indicates whether the animation is stopped or playing forward
or backward. This is an internal parameter for status display purposes only.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Stopped, Forward, Backward, Paused
Default Value: Stopped

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 286 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Point
Description: An XYZ triple which defines a point in space.
Parameter Type: Real List
Default Value: 0.0, 0.0, 0.0

Point 1
Description: An XYZ triple defining the first point for this object.
Parameter Type: String List
Default Value: 0.0, 0.0, 0.0

Point 2
Description: An XYZ triple defining the second point for this object.
Parameter Type: String List
Default Value: 1.0, 0.0, 0.0

Point 3
Description: An XYZ triple defining the third point for this object.
Parameter Type: String List
Default Value: 0.0, 1.0, 0.0

Point List
Description: Points of a curve
Parameter Type: String List

Point Symbol
Description: Name of point symbol (non-directional) to be used for plot.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Crosshair, Octahedron, Cube, Ball, Point2DNS
Default Value: Crosshair

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 287
Position Mode
Description: Defines whether a text item is attached to a two-dimensional screen
coordinate, or a three-dimensional spatial coordinate.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Two Coords, Three Coords
Default Value: Two Coords

Precision
Description: Indicates the number of decimal points of precision to display the exported
data to.
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 8

Preferred Units System


Description: This specifies the Units System to use.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: SI

Preserve Control Points


Description: If true, then any existing control points will be maintained if the topology
changes. Otherwise they are deleted
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: No

Principal Axis
Description: Specifies the principal axis used in instance rotation.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: X, Y, Z
Default Value: Z

Print Line Width


Description: The width of lines in hardcopy output. Increasing this value may give better
results on high-resolution printers.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 288 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 1

Print Quality
Description: Controls quality vs. speed of hardcopy output.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Draft, Medium, High
Default Value: High

Processing Mode
Description: Indicates the type of file currently being processed.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: None, Session, State, ReadCFG
Default Value: None

Profile Count
Description: Number of the blade profiles
Parameter Type: Integer

Profile Number
Description: Number of the blade profile on which this point lies
Parameter Type: Integer

Project Edges To Inlet


Description: Logical to control projection of topology edges near inlet to inlet
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: off

Project Edges To Outlet


Description: Logical to control projection of topology edges near outlet to outlet
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: off

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 289
Projection
Description: Defines the current projection mode in the viewer. It can be either Perspective
or Orthographic.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Perspective, Orthographic
Default Value: Orthographic

Projection Frequency
Description: Frequency of smoothing iterations at which projection is to occur
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 100

Projection Persistence
Description: Number of final smoothing iterations that Projection must occur
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 1

Projection Type
Description: The vector projection type to be used in creating this plot.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: None, Coord Frame, Normal, Tangential
Default Value: None

Quantity
Parameter Type: String

Quantity Type
Description: Specifies the Quantity Type of the variable.
Parameter Type: String

Radius
Description: Radius distance for sphere volume.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 290 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 1.0

Random Seed
Description: The seed to be used in the sampling of points on the plot.
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 1

Range
Description: Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object.
"Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values
on the current object.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Global, Local, User Specified
Default Value: Global

Range Selection
Description: Indicates whether the Min/Max X and Y values shown on the chart will be
automatically or manually selected.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Automatic, Manual
Default Value: Automatic

Read State Mode


Description: This parameter indicates whether the current system state information should
be overwritten or appended to.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Overwrite, Append
Default Value: Overwrite

Recipe
Description: Contains instructions on how to build a value list for the variable.
Parameter Type: String

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 291
Allowed Values: Standard, Vector Component, Expression
Default Value: Standard

Recommended Layer Count


Description: The recommended number of layers based on geometry and topology.
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 2

Reduction Factor
Description: Reduces the number of nodes of a locator to use
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 1.0

Reference Coord Frame


Description: The Coordinate Frame in which the physical locations used to set this
coordinate frame are described.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: Coord 0

Refined Blade To Periodic Block Count Heuristic


Description: Controls use of refined blade to periodic block count heuristic in topology
Parameter Type: Logical

Refined Mesh Number Of Smoothing Iterations


Description: Number of smoothing iterations for layer refined mesh
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 0

Refined Mesh Projection Frequency


Description: Frequency of smoothing iterations at which projection is to occur for layer
refined mesh
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 100

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 292 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Refined Mesh Projection Persistence
Description: Number of final smoothing iterations that Projection must occur for layer
refined mesh
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 1

Refined Mesh Smoothing Iteration Mode


Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: None, Low, Medium, High, Specify
Default Value: Medium

Refined Mesh Smoothing Iteration Mode Translation


Description: Number of smoothing iterations to use for Refined Mesh Smoothing Iteration
Mode of Low, Medium, High
Parameter Type: Integer List
Default Value: 1, 3, 5

Refined OGrid Geometry


Description: Controls generation of refined O-grid geometry in topology
Parameter Type: Logical

Reflection Option
Description: Specifies how the reflection plane is defined
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: YZ Plane, XZ Plane, XY Plane, Point and Normal, Three Points
Default Value: XY Plane

Reflection Plane
Description: Specifies the REFLECTION PLANE object to use in a transformation.
Parameter Type: String

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 293
Related Object
Description: Specifies the Object that this variable is related to. This is only applicable for
Variables that are defined as Local to a specific geometry.
Parameter Type: String

Render Edge Angle


Description: The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a wireframe.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0 [degree]

Render Type
Description: Controls which type of mesh to render
Parameter Type: String

Requested ART
Description: An "input" parameter - the position we want to move the point to. May not be
the point it ends up at if (e.g.) the Point is constrained to a curve.
Parameter Type: Real List

Requested Position
Description: An "input" parameter - the position we want to move the point to. May not be
the point it ends up at if (e.g.) the Point is constrained to a curve.
Parameter Type: Real List

Result
Description: The internal parameter for the CALCULATOR and EXPRESSION
EVALUATOR object used to store the results of a function evaluation.
Parameter Type: String

Result Units
Description: The internal parameter for the CALCULATOR and EXPRESSION
EVALUATOR object used to store the units of the results of a function evaluation.
Parameter Type: String

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 294 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Reynolds Number
Description: Reynolds number used for computing YPlus
Parameter Type: Real

Ribbon Width
Description: The initial width of stream ribbons
Parameter Type: Real

Rotation
Description: Defines the camera rotation in terms of angles about X, Y and Z axis,
respectively. X axis is pointing right, Y is pointing up and Z towards the user.
Parameter Type: Real List
Default Value: -90, 0, 0

Rotation Angle
Description: Specifies the rotation angle.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0 [degree]

Rotation Axis From


Description: An XYZ triple defining the first point of the rotation axis.
Parameter Type: String List
Default Value: 0.0, 0.0, 0.0

Rotation Axis To
Description: An XYZ triple defining the second point of the rotation axis.
Parameter Type: String List
Default Value: 1.0, 0.0, 0.0

Rotation Axis Type


Description: Specifies the rotation axis type in the transformation. If it is set to "Principal
Axis", Principal Axis parameter setting is used. If it is set to "Rotation Axis", parameters
Rotation Axis From and Rotation Axis To are used for the axis definition.
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 295
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Principal Axis, Rotation Axis
Default Value: Principal Axis

Rotation Option
Description: Specifies what type of rotation is applied
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: X Axis, Y Axis, Z Axis, Machine Axis, General Axis
Default Value: Machine Axis

Rotation Quaternion
Description: Defines the camera rotation quaternion.
Parameter Type: Real List
Default Value: -0.707107, 0, 0, 0.707107

Ruler Visibility
Description: Toggles the ruler visibility in the viewport.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: true

S Value
Description: An "input" parameter - the fraction of the way along a curve a point lies.
Parameter Type: Real

Save Hardcopy
Description: Boolean indicating whether to save the current animation to a file, as it
progresses. A filename needs to be specified.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: Off

Save State Mode


Description: This parameter indicates whether the state file should be overwritten if it
exists.

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 296 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: None, Overwrite
Default Value: None

Save State Objects


Description: A list of objects to save to the state file. If this list is empty, then all user
created objects will be saved.
Parameter Type: String List

Scale
Description: Defines the relative scale of the camera view. With the default scale (1.0), the
scene completely fills the viewer window.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 1.0

Scale Option
Description: Specifies what type of scaling is applied
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Uniform, Non Uniform
Default Value: Uniform

Scale Origin
Description: Point about which to scale the object
Parameter Type: Real List
Default Value: 0.0,0.0,0.0

Screen Capture
Description: Enables the screen capture mode for producing image output.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: Off

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 297
Separator
Description: Indicates the string to use between each variable. The string must be
delimited by quotation marks.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: " "

Session Filename
Description: The name of the session file to which session data will be saved.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: session.cse

Show Curve
Description: Control whether a hub curve (for example) is shown as opposed to a hub
surface
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: No

Show Legend Units


Description: Toggles display of units in the legend.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: On

Show Numbers
Description: Toggles contour numbering.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: On

Show Surface
Description: Control whether a hub surface (for example) is shown as opposed to a hub
curve
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: Yes

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 298 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Shroud Angle
Description: The angle of the blade passage at the shroud
Parameter Type: Real

Shroud Boundary Layer Distance


Description: Absolute offset of Shroud boundary layer
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.05

Shroud Boundary Layer Distribution Option


Description: which parameter user will specify
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Element Count and Size, Expansion Rate, Uniform
Default Value: Element Count and Size

Shroud Boundary Layer Expansion Rate


Description: Mesh expansion rate from the hub
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 1.15

Shroud Boundary Layer Number Of Elements


Description: Number of elements in Shroud boundary layer
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 5

Shroud Boundary Layer Offset


Description: Relative offset of Shroud boundary layer
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.1

Shroud Link For Outline


Description: Shroud object in the domain

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 299
Parameter Type: String

Shroud List For Mesh


Description: List of the Shroud objects in the domain
Parameter Type: String List

Shroud List For Topology


Description: List of the Shroud objects in the domain
Parameter Type: String List

Shroud Name
Description: Name of the Shroud object for Periodic Surfaces
Parameter Type: String

Shroud Name For Blade


Description: Name of the Shroud object for Blade Surfaces. Makes the blade recalculate
its trim and extensions when the file or the extensions angles change.
Parameter Type: String

Shroud Name For Transform


Description: Name of the Shroud object for Blade Surfaces. Makes the blade recalculate
its trim and extensions when the file or the extensions angles change.
Parameter Type: String

Shroud Name for Machine Data Image


Description: Name of the Hub object for drawing the Machine Data symbol. Makes the
blade recalculate its trim and extensions when the file or the extensions angles change.
Parameter Type: String

Shroud Requested Position


Description: An "input" parameter - the position we want to move the point to. May not be
the point it ends up at if (e.g.) the Point is constrained to a curve.
Parameter Type: Real List

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 300 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Shroud Tip List For Mesh
Description: List of shroud tip objects
Parameter Type: String List

Shroud Vertex Distance


Description: Absolute offset of first vertex away from Shroud
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.05

Shroud Vertex Offset


Description: Relative offset of first vertex away from Shroud
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.05

Shroud Vertex YPlus


Description: YPlus offset of first vertex away from Shroud
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 1

Simple Transform List


Description: List of transforms that make up the combined transform
Parameter Type: String List

Simplify Curves
Description: Logical flag to control simplification of curves
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: false

Slice Plane
Description: Specifies the name of the PLANE object to use for the clip plane definition.
Parameter Type: String

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 301
Smoothing Expansion
Description: Expansion factor limiter for smoothing on boundary
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 1.15

Smoothing Iteration Mode


Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: None, Low, Medium, High, Specify
Default Value: Medium

Smoothing Iteration Mode Translation


Description: Number of smoothing iterations to use for Smoothing Iteration Mode of Low,
Medium, High
Parameter Type: Integer List
Default Value: 30, 60, 120

Smoothing Relaxation
Description: Relaxation parameter for smoothing of grid
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.8

Smoothing Relaxation On Boundary


Description: Relaxation parameter for smoothing on grid boundary
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.5

Smoothing Space
Description: Space for smoothing topology
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Cartesian, Blade to Blade
Default Value: Blade to Blade

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 302 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Solver Name
Description: The name of this object inside the RES file.
Parameter Type: String

Span Geometry Link


Description: Special parameter to force LAYER to recompute its Span Geometry as
required
Parameter Type: String List
Default Value: /TOPOLOGY

Span Location
Description: Span location
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.5

Span Location Control


Description: Logical flag to control span location
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: false

Specular Lighting
Description: Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: Off

Split Factor
Description: A multiplier for the default edge split number.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 1.0

Standard View
Description: Defines one of the standard views in the viewer (Note that Camera Mode has
to be set to Standard for this parameter to have effect).
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 303
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: +X, +Y, +Z, -X, -Y, -Z, Isometric, Isometric X, Isometric Y, Isometric Z
Default Value: +Y

Start Point
Description: The point name at which the line starts
Parameter Type: String

State Filename
Description: The name of the state file to which state data will be saved.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: state.tst

Stream Ribbon Initial Direction


Description: Defines the initial plane of a stream ribbon
Parameter Type: Direction
Default Value: 0.0,0.0,1.0

Stream Symbol
Description: Name of streamline symbol to be used for plot.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Crosshair, Octahedron, Cube, Ball, Arrow2D, Arrow3D, Line Arrow,
Arrowhead, Fish3D
Default Value: Ball

Streamline Direction
Description: The direction in which streams are to be calculated
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Forward, Backward, Forward and Backward
Default Value: Forward

Streamline Maximum Periods


Description: Limits the number of times a streamline may cross a periodic boundary
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 304 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 20

Streamline Maximum Segments


Description: Stops streamline calculation when number of segments exceeds this
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 10000

Streamline Maximum Time


Description: Stops streamline calculation when particle age exceeds this
Parameter Type: Real

Streamline Solver Type


Description: The solver to use to calculate the streamlines
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Euler, RungeKutta2, RungeKutta4
Default Value: RungeKutta2

Suppress Errors
Description: Used to suppress errors that are thrown in common code but are not
applicable to TG.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: true

Surface Drawing
Description: Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: None, Flat Shading, Smooth Shading
Default Value: Smooth Shading

Surface Extension Factor


Description: Factor used to extend blade surfaces defined by stack of profiles to ensure
intersection with hub and shroud

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 305
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.1

Surface Mesh Using Layers Option


Description: Specifies the usage of layers information for surface mesh from hub to shroud
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Dont Use, On Geometry Only, All Edges
Default Value: On Geometry Only

Surface Representation
Description: Specifies if the surface representation of blade is Ruled or Bspline.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Ruled, Bspline
Default Value: Bspline

Surface Sampling
Description: If set On, results are displayed at a subset of points in the plot.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: Off

Symbol
Description: Name of symbol to be used for the plot.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Arrow2D, Arrow3D, Line Arrow, Arrowhead, Fish3D
Default Value: Line Arrow

Symbol Control Object


Description: Points to object used to control the sizes and types of symbols globally
Parameter Type: String List
Default Value: /GEOMETRY/SYMBOL CONTROL:Symbol Control

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 306 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Symbol Size
Description: A scaling factor for all symbols in the plot.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 2.5

Symbol Start Time


Description: The particle age at which to draw the first symbol
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.0

Symbol Stop Time


Description: Draw no symbols with particle age lower than this
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.0

Symbol Time Interval


Description: Draw symbols at regular times separated by this value
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.0

Symbol Type
Description: The category a symbol falls under.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Arrow2D, Arrow3D, Crosshair, Octahedron, Line Arrow, Arrowhead
Default Value: Line Arrow

TFI Mesh Generation


Description: Use TFI mesh generation if on
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: on

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 307
Target Mesh Granularity
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Coarse, Medium, Fine, Specify
Default Value: Coarse

Target Mesh Granularity Translation


Parameter Type: Integer List
Default Value: 20000, 100000, 250000

Target Mesh Node Count


Description: Number of desired nodes in mesh
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 50000

Target Tolerance
Description: The desired tolerance of the inlet curve to the perfect curve. It is a number
between 0 and 1 and represents a fraction of the distance from the inlet to the blade.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.5

Temporary Directory
Description: The path to a temporary working directory which CFX-Post can use for placing
temporary files. This directory does not have to exist between runs of CFX-Post, and the
contents will be deleted when Post shuts down.
Parameter Type: String

Tensor Type
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: SCALAR,VECTOR,SYMTEN2
Default Value: SCALAR

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 308 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Text Colour
Description: A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the text.
Parameter Type: Real List
Default Value: 0, 0, 0

Text Colour Mode


Description: Determines where to get the text colour from.
Allowed Values: Default, User Specified
Default Value: Default

Text Height
Description: The height an item of text should be, proportional to the screen.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.025

Text Position
Description: The location an item of text should be placed.
Parameter Type: Real List
Default Value: 0, 0.96, 0

Text Rotation
Description: Counter-clockwise rotation, in degrees, to be applied to a text item.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0

Text String
Description: The contents of an item of text.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: Text

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 309
Theta Controllers For Blade
Description: List of the objects that control the angle of the inlet and outlet passages.
Makes the blade recalculate its extensions when the extensions angles change.
Parameter Type: String List

Timestep Interpolation Method


Description: Indicates what timestep information to interpolate if timesteps are to be
animated.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Timestep, TimeValue, Sequential
Default Value: Timestep

Tip Clearance
Description: Distance of blade tip from hub or shroud
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.0

Tip End Ratio


Description: Ratio of smallest element to largest element between tip and shroud
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 15

Tip Extension Factor


Description: Factor used to extend defined by profile number tips upstream and
downstream
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.02

Tip Names For Blade


Description: Special parameter to force BLADE:top to fire after the tip objects
Parameter Type: String List

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 310 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Tip Names For Blade Distance
Description: Special parameter to force BLADE:tip to fire after the tip objects
Parameter Type: String List

Tip Profile Number


Description: Number of the profile specifying the tip of the blade
Parameter Type: Integer

Tip To Shroud Distribution Option


Description: which parameter user will specify
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: End Ratio, Element Count and Size, Uniform
Default Value: End Ratio

Tip Topology Definition


Description: Set method for tip topology generation
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: H-Grid, H-Grid Not Matching, Automatic Quad
Default Value: H-Grid Not Matching

Tip Vertex Distance


Description: Absolute offset of first vertex away from Tip
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.01

Tip Vertex Offset


Description: Relative offset of first vertex away from Tip
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.1

Tip Vertex YPlus


Description: YPlus offset of first vertex away from Tip

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 311
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 1

Tolerance Mode
Description: whether Grid Tolerance or Absolute Tolerance are used
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Grid Relative, Absolute
Default Value: Grid Relative

Topology CRC
Description: A number uniquely identifying a particular topology
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: -1

Topology Definition
Description: Set method for topology generation
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Automatic, From File, H-Grid, J-Grid, H/J-Grid, H-Grid Dominant, None
Default Value: None

Topology Filename
Description: The filename to read the topology data from
Parameter Type: String

Topology For Topology Sense Block Counts


Description: Topology for topology sense block counts
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: None

Topology Link
Description: Special parameter to force objects to recompute when the TOPOLOGY is
updated
Parameter Type: String List
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 312 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Default Value: /TOPOLOGY

Topology List For Mesh


Description: List of topologies
Parameter Type: String List

Topology Matching Across Blade


Description: Logical for setting topology matching across the blade
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: No

Topology Matching Definition To Blade


Description: Set topology matching definition (orthogonality method) across the blade
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Smoothing, Node Distribution
Default Value: Smoothing

Topology Render Link


Description: Special parameter to force objects to redraw when the TOPOLOGY is
updated
Parameter Type: String List
Default Value: /TOPOLOGY

Topology Sense Block Counts


Description: Topology sense block counts
Parameter Type: Integer List
Default Value: -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1

Topology Visibility
Description: Controls display of the topology mesh
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: Yes

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 313
Trailing Edge Cutoff OGrid Corner Vertices Method
Description: Specifies if trailing edge cutoff O-grid corner vertices are or At Same AR or
Project To OGrid from corresponding point on blade.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: At Same AR, Project To OGrid
Default Value: At Same AR

Trailing Edge Method


Description: How to find the leading edge automatically
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Low A, High A, Low R, High R
Default Value: High A

Trailing Edge Offset


Description: Relative offset of first vertex away from trailing edge
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.0

Trailing Edge Topology Definition


Description: Set topology type for trailing edge
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: H-Grid, J-Grid, H-Grid Dominant, L-Grid
Default Value: J-Grid

Trailing Edge Type


Description: whether there is one leading edge, a double edge with sharp corners of a
double edge with rounded corners
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Single, Double, Double Rounded, Double Blunt, Double Cutoff
Default Value: Single

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 314 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Translation Distance
Description: Distance of translation
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.0

Translation Option
Description: Specifies what type of translation is applied
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Machine Axis, X Axis, Y Axis, Z Axis, Vector
Default Value: Machine Axis

Translation Vector
Description: Specifies the translation vector.
Parameter Type: Real List
Default Value: 0.0, 0.0, 0.0

Transparency
Description: Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the
transparency of this graphics object in the viewer.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.0

Tube Diameter
Description: The initial width of stream tubes
Parameter Type: Real

Turbo Transform
Description: A reference to the object holding the MST Turbo Transform
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: /GEOMETRY/TURBO TRANSFORM

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 315
Turbo Transform Background Mesh Size
Description: Background mesh size of full Turbo Transform
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 2000

Turbo Transform Background Mesh Size For Topology


Description: Background mesh size of full Turbo Transform for Topology
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 2000

Turbo Transform For Blade


Description: A reference to the object holding the MST Turbo Transform. Must ensure
TURBO TRANSFORM is set up before Blade is read.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: /GEOMETRY/TURBO TRANSFORM

TurboGrid Version
Description: TurboGrid version identifier as used in session and state files.
Parameter Type: float

Under Relaxation Factor


Parameter Type: Real

Uniform Scale
Description: Scale factor for scaling transform
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 1.0

Update Units to Preferred


Description: This logical indicates whether all displayed units should always be updated to
display the preferred units. If this is "false", quantities will be converted to preferred types.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: true
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 316 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Use Extrapolation From LE And TE For OGrid
Description: Use extrapolation from LE And TE for OGrid
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: Yes

Use Full TurboTransform For Topology Vertex Locations From Label


Description: When true, use the full TurboTransform for topology vertex locations from
label
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: false

Use Improved Element Matching At OGrid


Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: on

Use Improved Topology Heuristics For Upstream And Downstream


Blocks
Description: Use improved topology heuristics for upstream and downstream blocks
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: Yes

Use Isogeometric Scheme For Mesh Inside GGI Tip


Description: Defines the use of isogeometric scheme for meshing inside the tip
Parameter Type: bool
Default Value: true

Use Screen Size


Description: When set to On, the current screen size is used as the image size
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: On

Use Topology Smoothing Space


Description: Controls source of smoothing space parameter for layers
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 317
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: Yes

Use Transformed Space for Faces


Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: on

User Camera
Description: Defines the CAMERA object that is used to set up the camera view in the
viewer (Note that Camera Mode has to be set to User Specified for this parameter to have
effect).
Parameter Type: String

User Control Points


Description: If false, layer topology automatically generated from Topology object
otherwise manual placement of points is enabled
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: Yes

User Level
Description: Specifies the user level of the variable.
Parameter Type: Integer
Allowed Values: 1, 2, 3
Default Value: 1

User Units
Description: Specifies the preferred units to display this variable in if different from the
default units setting. To use the default units, this parameter must be empty (blank).
Parameter Type: String

Value
Description: The value of the variable at which the isosurface is to be plotted.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.0
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 318 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Value 1
Description: The value of the variable at which the isovolume is to be plotted.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.0

Value 2
Description: The value of the variable at which the isovolume is to be plotted it is used
when the isovolume mode is between values.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.0

Value List
Description: Specifies a list of variable values for a contour plot. In order for this list to be
used, Contour Range has to be set to "Value List".
Parameter Type: Real List
Default Value: 0.0, 1.0

VarMax
Description: The global maximum value from this variable as read from the RES file.
Parameter Type: Real

VarMin
Description: The global minimum value from this variable as read from the RES file.
Parameter Type: Real

Variable
Description: The name of the variable used to create the object. Should be set equal to the
name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.
Parameter Type: String

Variable Boundary Values


Description: Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for variables in this object
(Conservative or Hybrid).

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 319
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Conservative, Hybrid
Default Value: Hybrid

Variable Class
Description: Solver variable class
Parameter Type: String

Variable Description
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: Long Name

Variable Dimensions
Description: The dimensions of the variable as read from the results file.
Parameter Type: Real List

Variable List
Description: A comma delimited list of variables whose data is to be exported.
Parameter Type: String List
Default Value: X, Y, Z

Variable Type
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Unspecified, Volumetric, Specific
Default Value: Unspecified

Variable to Copy
Description: The name of the variable used to create the object. Should be set equal to the
name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.
Parameter Type: String

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 320 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Vector Brackets
Description: Indicates the kind of brackets to use around vector data when displayed as
components. Any two character combination is valid, where the first character will be used
as the open-bracket, and the second as the close-bracket. If "-" is specified (no quotes), no
brackets will be displayed.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: ()

Vector Display
Description: Indicates the way that vector variables are to be displayed. Choices are:
Components | Scalar.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Components, Scalar
Default Value: Components

Vector Variable
Description: The vector variable to be used in creating this plot.
Parameter Type: String
Default Value: Velocity

Verbose
Description: Controls if the result of a calculation is written to the screen.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: Off

Vertex ID
Description: ID of vertex in connected mesh the control point is attached to
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: -1

Vertex Offset Specification Mode


Description: Method for specifying distance of first vertex from geometry
Parameter Type: String

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 321
Allowed Values: y+, Normalized, Absolute
Default Value: Normalized

Vertices On Line Of Rotation At Leading Edge


Description: Logical to control forcing vertices to lie on line of rotation at inlet for cut-off
leading edge
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: off

Vertices On Line Of Rotation At Trailing Edge


Description: Logical to control forcing vertices to lie on line of rotation at inlet for cut-off
trailing edge
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: off

Viewport Layout
Description: Specifies the layout of viewports.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Horizontal, Vertical, Horizontal Left Split, Vertical Top Split
Default Value: Horizontal

Viewport List
Description: Specifies the list of viewports to be used in the layout.
Parameter Type: String

Viewport Order
Description: Specifies the viewport order to be used in the layout.
Parameter Type: Integer List
Default Value: 1, 2, 3, 4

Visibility
Description: Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Parameter Type: Logical

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 322 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Default Value: true

Visibility In Transformed Coordinates


Description: True if this object is to be displayed in the transformed coordinates
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: On

Volume Intersection Mode


Description: A parameter used to define the context setting for volume object.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: Intersection, Below Intersection, Above Intersection
Default Value: Intersection

White Background
Description: Toggles if hardcopy output is produced on a white or black background.
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: Off

Write Session Mode


Description: This parameter indicates whether the session file should be overwritten or
appended to if it exists.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: None, Overwrite, Append
Default Value: None

X
Description: The X coordinate value for the location of this object.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.0

X Justification
Description: Specifies the horizontal justification of a text or overlay item.
Parameter Type: String
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 323
Allowed Values: None, Center, Left, Right
Default Value: Center

X Split
Description: The normalized location of the vertical viewport splitter.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.5

Y
Description: The Y coordinate value for the location of this object.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.0

Y Justification
Description: Specifies the vertical justification of a text or overlay item.
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: None, Center, Top, Bottom
Default Value: None

Y Split
Description: The normalized location of the horizontal viewport splitter.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.5

Z
Description: The Z coordinate value for the location of this object.
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.0

point Machine Data


Description: Name of object specifying the axis and angle of the stage Special for GEO
POINT which needs to have "calc" fire.
Parameter Type: String
ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide. ANSYS TurboGrid Release 11.0. © 2003-2006 ANSYS Canada Ltd. All rights reserved.
Page 324 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
Index
A constants 69
functions 69
appearance 19 functions and constants 69
font 19 CFX
GUI (Graphical User Interface) 19 Command Language (CCL) 63
append command editor dialog box 59
session 24 action commands 71
state 8 create session file 77
append to current simulation 8 export data 79
area function 52, 81 file operations 72
areaAve function 52, 82 function calculation 80
areaInt function 52, 82 print from 79
auto save 19 quantitative calculations 80
ave function 53, 82 read session file 78
axis visibility 18 read state file 74
save state file 72
Command Language (CCL) 63
B command line 63
mode 89
batch mode 89 object creation and deletion 67
bitmap (bmp) 14 command timeout 21
blade comment character, in syntax 65
save 9 conservative variable values 59
bladesets 6 constants 69
bmp (bitmap) 14 continuation character, in syntax 65
boundary condition contour
file 2 create 38
range 38
count function 53, 82
C create
contour 38
calculator 51 instance transform 39
function 51 isosurface 34
case sensitivity, in CCL syntax 64 isovolume 33
CCL (CFX Command Language) 63 legend 40
names definition 65 line 29
syntax 64 menu 27
CEL (CFX Expression Language) mesh 27

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide Page i


Index: D
new object 42 editor 56
object using the command line 67 example 57
plane 30 icons 56
point 28 name 56
surface 35 value 57
surface group 37
text 41
turbo surface 32 F
volume 32
curve face
file 3 culling 15
load 5 file
cut line 29 export geometry 13
load curves 5
load state 7
D menu 1
operations from the command editor
delete dialog box 72
object using the command line 67 print 13
direction 55 quit 16
display recent 15
menu 43 save blade 9
double buffering 19 save mesh 11
save state 8
save topology 10
E types 1
fit view 48
edit font selection 19
menu 17 format 14
redo 17 surface data 36
undo 17 function
eps (Encapsulated PostScript) 14 calculation using the command editor
example dialog box 80
expression editor 57 calculator 51
file operations from the command direction 55
editor dialog box functions and constants in CEL 69
readsession 79
readstate 75
saveblade 77 G
savemesh 76
savestate 73 general
savetopology 76 auto save 19
session 78
command timeout 21
tetin 79
temporary directory 19
power syntax 86
geometry
variable editor 59
export 13
export
global range
data using the command editor dialog
contour 38
box 79
grid
geometry 13
file 2
expression
GUI (Graphical User Interface)
definition 56

Page ii ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide


Index: H
style 19 local range
contour 38

H
M
help
menu 61 maxVal function 54, 82
highlighting 48 menu
hybrid variable values 59 create 27
display 43
edit 17
I file 1
help 61
icons session 23
expression 56 tools 51
variable 57 viewer 47
image quality 15 mesh
import surface data 36 create 27
instance transform file 2
create 39 save 11
isosurface mesh units 12
create 34 meshing
isovolume reference guide 95
create 33 minVal function 54, 82
mode
picking 47
J mouse mapping 20
move light 20
jpg (JPEG) 14

N
L
new
legend session 24
create 40
length function 53, 82
lengthAve function 53, 82 O
lengthInt function 54, 82
light object
moving 20 singleton 65
line options
create 29 appearance 19
cut 29 units 20
sample 29 viewer 18
selection 29 overwrite
translation 29 session 24
line interface mode 89 state 7
load
curves 5
state 7
load as new simulation 7

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide Page iii


Index: P
P contour 38
read
parameter values, in syntax 66 state file using the command editor
parameters, in syntax 66 dialog box 74
path variables 36 readsession command examples 79
picking mode 47 readstate command examples 75
plane recent
bounds 31 files 15
create 30 record session 25
sample 32 redo 17
selection 32 rotate 48
slice 31 running
translation 32 in batch mode 89
play in line interface mode 89
session 24
png (Portable Network Graphics) 14
point S
create 28
selection 29 sample
translation 29 line 29
power syntax 85 plane 32
example 86 save
subroutines 87 all objects check box 9
ppm (Portable Pixel Map) 14 auto 19
print 13 blade 9
format 14 mesh 11
from the command editor dialog state 8
box 79 state file using the command editor
image quality 15 dialog box 72
scale 15 topology 10
tolerance 15 saveblade command examples 77
use screen capture 15 savemesh command examples 76
use screen size 15 savestate command examples 73
white background 14 savetopology command examples 76
probe function 54, 83 scale 15
ps (PostScript) 14 selection
font 19
line 29
Q plane 32
point 29
qualitative function 51 session
quantitative append 24
calculations using the command editor file 2, 24
dialog box 80 create 77
subroutines 87 read 78
quit 16 menu 23
new 24
overwrite 24
R play 24
recent files 15
range recording 25

Page iv ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide


Index: T
set 24
session command examples 78
set
pivot 20
session 24
singleton objects 65
slice plane 31
splitter blades 6
start recording session 25
state
append 8
file 2
load 7
overwrite 7
read using the command editor dialog box 74
recent files 15
save 8
save all objects 9
save using the command editor dialog box 72
stop recording session 25
style, GUI (Graphical User Interface) 19
subroutines, power syntax 87
sum function 54, 83
surface
create 35
data, import 36
surface group, create 37
syntax
case sensitivity in CCL 64
continuation character 65
end of line comment character 65
indentation 65
lists 66
name objects 65
parameter values 66
parameters 66
simple details 64
singleton objects 65

temporary directory 19
tetin command examples 79
text, add to viewer 41
tolerance (hardcopy) 15
tools
calculator 51
command editor dialog box 59
expressions 56
menu 51

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide Page v


Index: U
variables 57
topology
file 2
save 10
translate 20
translation
line 29
plane 32
point 29
turbo surface, create 32

undo 17
units 20
use screen capture check box 15
user
specified range
contour 38

value list
contour 38
variable
editor 57
example 59
hybrid and conservative values 59
icons 57
name 58
path 36
type 58
viewer
axis visibility 18
double buffering 19
highlighting 48
menu 47
mouse mapping 20
multiple viewports 49
options 18
picking mode 47
rotate 48
viewports
multiple 49
views 50
selection 50
visibility
axis 18
volume

Page vi ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide


Index: W
create 32
isovolume 33
volume function 54, 83
volumeAve function 55, 83
volumeInt function 55, 83
VRML (Virtual Reality Modelling Language) 14

white background 14
wrl (VRML file extension) 14

zoom 20

ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide Page vii


Index: Z

Page viii ANSYS TurboGrid Reference Guide